Route Specifications 2011 London North East

Network Rail
Route Specifications 2011 London North Eastern
Its an enormous national industry

surely one of the UKs biggest. *
More people are using the railways today than at any time
since the 1920s some four million a day. Over the next
few years we are investing in expanding and growing the
railway, and developing plans for the future.
*Passenger comment, May 2011
Helping Britain run better
2014-2019 will see a financially sustainable

railway with more seats, shorter journey
times and greater passenger satisfaction
weve just published an industry plan for
the five years to 2019 mapping out what
we think needs to be done to deliver a
better, more sustainable rail network.
Contents
SRS G.01 - King's Cross Peterborough................................................................................................................................ 2
SRS G.02 - Moorgate Branch................................................................................................................................................. 11
SRS G.03 - Hertford Loop....................................................................................................................................................... 15
SRS G.04 - Hitchin - Cambridge............................................................................................................................................. 19
SRS G.05 - Peterborough - Doncaster................................................................................................................................... 23
SRS G.06 - Doncaster - Holbeck West Junction ................................................................................................................... 29
SRS G.07 - Doncaster - Colton Junction................................................................................................................................ 33
SRS G.08 - Colton Junction - Northallerton ........................................................................................................................... 37
SRS G.09 - Northallerton - Newcastle.................................................................................................................................... 41
SRS G.10 - Newcastle - Border.............................................................................................................................................. 45
SRS G.13 - Newcastle Carlisle............................................................................................................................................ 49
SRS G.14 - Darlington - Bishop Auckland ............................................................................................................................. 53
SRS G.15 - Middlesbrough Whitby ..................................................................................................................................... 56
SRS G.16 - Northallerton - Stockton Cut Junction................................................................................................................. 60
SRS G.17 - Stockton Cut Junction - Newcastle..................................................................................................................... 64
SRS G.18 - Darlington - Eaglescliffe South Junction............................................................................................................. 69
SRS G.19 - Stockton Cut Junction - Saltburn ........................................................................................................................ 72
SRS G.20 - Doncaster Lincoln............................................................................................................................................. 77
SRS G.21 - Newark - Wrawby Junction ................................................................................................................................. 81
SRS G.22 - Gainsborough - Wrawby Junction ...................................................................................................................... 86
SRS G.23 - Lincoln - Werrington Junction ............................................................................................................................. 89
SRS G.90 - Stillington Branch................................................................................................................................................. 93
SRS G.91 - Blyth & Tyne Network.......................................................................................................................................... 96
SRS G.98 - Freight Trunk Routes ........................................................................................................................................ 108
SRS G.99 - Other Freight Lines............................................................................................................................................ 132
SRS H.01 Leeds Holbeck Junction ................................................................................................................................... 140
SRS H.02 Leeds York (via Harrogate) .............................................................................................................................. 145
SRS H.03 Leeds Skipton / Ilkley........................................................................................................................................ 149
SRS H.04 Leeds Halifax (via Bradford)............................................................................................................................. 154
SRS H.05 North Transpennine: Leeds Guide Bridge* ..................................................................................................... 159
SRS H.06 Leeds Colton Junction...................................................................................................................................... 165
SRS H.07 Hull Micklefield .................................................................................................................................................. 170
SRS H.08 Gilberdyke Hatfield and Stainforth/Knottingley and Church Fenton Moorthorpe ........................................ 175
SRS H.09 Knottingley Mirfield via Crofton Junction/Castleford and via Castleford Junction Leeds West
Junction/Whitwood ................................................................................................................................................................ 181
SRS H.10 Manchester Victoria Mirfield (via Rochdale)/Stalybridge* ............................................................................... 186
SRS H.11 Hull Seamer ...................................................................................................................................................... 192
SRS H.12 York Scarborough............................................................................................................................................. 196
SRS H.13 Chesterfield Swinton via Sheffield.................................................................................................................... 199
SRS H.14 Swinton Junction Brocklesby Junction............................................................................................................. 204
SRS H.15 South Kirkby Junction Swinton Junction.......................................................................................................... 210
SRS H.16 Sheffield Gainsborough.................................................................................................................................... 215
SRS H.17 South Transpennine: Dore Hazel Grove*........................................................................................................ 219
SRS H.18 Sheffield Meadowhall Horbury Junction .......................................................................................................... 224
SRS H.19 Brocklesby Junction Cleethorpes..................................................................................................................... 228
SRS H.21 Barton-on-Humber Branch.................................................................................................................................. 236
SRS H.90 Immingham and Killingholme Docks................................................................................................................... 239
SRS H.91 Freight Through Routes* ..................................................................................................................................... 243
SRS H.98 Freight Trunk Routes* ......................................................................................................................................... 280
SRS H.99 Other Freight Routes*.......................................................................................................................................... 319
SRS I.04 Worksop/Chesterfield Nottingham* ................................................................................................................... 325
SRS I.08 Skegness Grantham .......................................................................................................................................... 330
SRS I.99 Other Freight Lines* .............................................................................................................................................. 334
* Strategic Route Sections which interface with another Route
SRS G.01 - King's Cross - Peterborough
Route specification description

This SRS forms the southern section of the East Coast Main Line (ECML) and extends for 76 miles from
London Kings Cross station to Peterborough. It comprises four tracks for most of its length, but widens to six
tracks between Finsbury Park and Alexandra Palace, narrows to two tracks over the Welwyn Viaduct and
through two tunnels north of Welwyn North station, and again narrows to three and then two tracks between
Huntingdon and Fletton Junction. It is electrified (with 25kV OHL) along its whole length. It intersects with
other routes at a number of locations, most notably with the North London Line at Copenhagen Junction and
Harringay Junction, the Moorgate branch at Finsbury Park South Junctions, the Hertford loop at Wood
Green North Junction and Langley Junction, and the Hitchin Cambridge line at Hitchin Cambridge
Junction. The route carries First Capital Connect (FCC) suburban services from Kings Cross and Moorgate
to various destinations in Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire, Cambridgeshire and Norfolk, and long distance high
speed (LDHS) services (operated by East Coast, Hull Trains and Grand Central) from Kings Cross to
destinations in Yorkshire, the North East and Scotland.
In terms of passenger numbers, the most significant stations are Kings Cross, Finsbury Park, Stevenage,
Peterborough, Hitchin and Welwyn Garden City. Kings Cross as a major London terminal forms a gateway
to the many destinations served in a broadly north-easterly direction, and has 12 platforms, of which nine
can accommodate both long-distance high-speed trains and suburban services, with a further three shorter
platforms accommodating suburban trains only. There is also the facility to interchange to the Circle,
Hammersmith & City, Metropolitan, Northern, Piccadilly and Victoria lines of the London Underground as
well as with Eurostar, East Midlands and Thameslink services at the adjacent St Pancras International
station. The main Victorian train shed at Kings Cross is a listed building and is currently the subject of
considerable refurbishment and enhancement work, including the creation of a new entrance/concourse
area and improved interchange facilities.
Finsbury Park station has six platforms, serving trains originating from Moorgate via the Northern City line as
well as suburban services from Kings Cross, whilst also allowing interchange to the Piccadilly and Victoria
lines of London Underground which have their own four sub-surface platforms. Stevenage has four
platforms, and accommodates outer suburban services from Kings Cross to Peterborough, Cambridge and
Kings Lynn, along with some LDHS trains, and some inner suburban services from the Hertford Loop
(G.03). Peterborough currently has five platforms, but work is being undertaken to increase this to seven. As
well as marking the northernmost limit of outer suburban services, and providing a stop for many of East
Coasts LDHS trains, Peterborough also accommodates two regular east-west services (namely
CrossCountrys Birmingham to Cambridge/Stansted Airport services, and East Midlands Trains Liverpool to
Norwich service) and less frequent local trains to Lincolnshire via Spalding and to Ipswich via Ely and Bury
St Edmunds. Welwyn Garden City is the busiest of 11 stations serving FCC services only which have four
through platforms, whilst Hitchin is the busiest of seven stations which have two through platforms. Hatfield
has three through platforms, whilst Huntingdon has two through platforms and a south-facing turnback
platform.
There are numerous operational, maintenance and freight facilities along the route, of which the most
significant include the sidings at Ferme Park (between Harringay and Hornsey), FCCs Hornsey Train
Servicing Centre, the East Coast maintenance depot at Bounds Green, carriage sidings at Welwyn Garden
City, a plant maintenance depot and engineers sidings at Hitchin and Nene carriage sidings, just south of
Peterborough station. There are freight private sidings at Stevenage (Langley Junction) and Biggleswade
together with various non-passenger sidings at Welwyn Garden City, Sandy, Little Barford, St. Neots,
Huntingdon and Connington, most of which are either lightly used or unused at the present time. There is a
connection to the heritage Nene Valley Railway at Fletton Junction. This SRS is characterised by its large
number of tunnels, at Gasworks, Copenhagen, Wood Green, Barnet, Hadley Wood South, Hadley Wood
North, Potters Bar, Welwyn South and Welwyn North. Their existence forms a significant factor influencing
any proposal for changes in station location or track layout.
Following the introduction of ERTMS in 2019, the requirements for future growth and the ability of ERTMS to
meet them will be reviewed.
Route information overview

Information
Current
Line of route
description
LN101: Kings Cross to Peterborough
Section start
Kings Cross Station
Section end
Peterborough Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9 (except for W8
between Wood Green
Junction and Langley
Junction)
W9/W10 (except for

W8 between Wood
Green Junction and
Langley Junction)
W9/W10 (except for W8

between Wood Green
Junction and Langley
Junction)
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
European Rail Traffic

Management System
(ERTMS)
ERTMS
Speed
Fast lines:
Predominantly 125
mph
Fast lines:
Predominantly 125
mph
Slow lines:
Predominantly 75 mph
Slow lines:
Predominantly 75
mph, possible
increase to 100mph
Introduction of ERTMS
and IEP may allow
increase in linespeed
with further
infrastructure
improvements
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Electrification
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
ERTMS is due to be
installed on this SRS in
2019.
25kV AC OHL
Passenger train service level
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Kings Cross to Peterborough
Introduction of IEP coupled

with implementation of
infrastructure interventions
can be expected to provide
some improvement

infrastructure interventions can
be expected to provide some
improvement
LDHS: 47 minutes
Suburban: 1 hour 18 minutes
Notes
Number
of trains
per hour
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
LDHS
2 tph (3 peak) Kings Cross to
Newcastle/Scotland
1 tph Kings Cross to
Newark/York
Leeds
1 tph Kings Cross to Hull or
Sunderland or Bradford
Interchange
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
Leeds
Interchange
Yorkshire (exact destination
t.b.c.)
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
3 tph Kings Cross to Leeds
Interchange
t.b.c.)
Suburban
Royston/Cambridge/Kings
Lynn
Peterborough
3 tph (4 peak) Moorgate to
Welwyn Garden City
Gordon Hill/Hertford North
Stevenage/Letchworth
Suburban
Lynn
2 tph Thameslink Core to
Cambridge
2 tph ( peak) Kings Cross to
Peterborough
2tph Thameslink core Peterborough
Welwyn Garden City
2 tph Moorgate to Welwyn
Garden City
2 tph Moorgate to
Stevenage/Letchworth via
Hertford North
Notes
Suburban
Lynn
Cambridge
3 tph ( peak) Kings Cross to
Peterborough
2tph Thameslink core Peterborough
Welwyn Garden City
Garden City
2 tph Moorgate to
Hertford North
Freight trains (trains per day*)
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
As per forecasts in the

Strategic Freight Network
plan
As per forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight Network
plan
Busiest section is
between Holme and
Fletton Junction
*Trains in a single direction on an average weekday over the busiest part of the route
Level crossings on route

Description
of level
crossing type
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
Current number of level

crossings
6
0
14
+ 10 Years number of
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
As determined by Level
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
Notes
Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
ECML Overhead
Line
Performance
Improvement
Various improvements
to OHL along line of
route
ECM1
2013
Better performance
and engineering
access
Under
construction
Hitchin
Interlocking
renewal/
resignalling
Renewal of interlocking
ECM1,
SBR
2012
Maintain capability
Under
construction
Kings Cross
Station
Development
Increased station
capacity, new
concourse, increased
commercial
opportunities
ECM1
2013
Increased station
capacity, new
concourse, increased
commercial
opportunities and
additional 12 car
platform
Under
construction
Thameslink
Programme
Major works including

revised track and
signalling layouts and
platform extensions
between Kings Cross
and Peterborough
ECM1
2015
Improved capacity and

performance and new
journey opportunities
plus increase in 12 car
operation of outer
suburban services
In development
Arlesey,
Biggleswade &
Sandy Platform
Extensions
Platform extensions at
Arlesey, Biggleswade
& Sandy (part of the
Thameslink
Programme)
ECM1
2013
Increased capacity on
outer suburban
services
Under
construction
Notes
Status

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Peterborough
station
additional island
platform
New platform on the

western side of the
station
ECM1
2013
Increased capacity
and improved
performance
In development
Alexandra
Palace Finsbury Park
3rd Up line
project
Additional southbound
platforms at Alexandra
Palace and Finsbury
Park and conversion of
goods line from
Alexandra Palace to
Finsbury Park to
passenger status
ECM1
2013
Increased capacity,
improved performance
and reduced journey
times
Under
construction
Hitchin grade
separation
Revised layout at
Hitchin Cambridge
Junction taking the
Down Cambridge line
trains over the ECML
ECM1,
SBR
2013
Increased capacity
and improved journey
times, safety and
performance
In development
Stevenage
Station
Refurbishment
Refurbishment of
platforms (renewal of
copers, installation of
tactiles, re-surfacing,
concrete repairs to
platform structure and
any necessary
drainage work arising
from survey)
ECM1
2013
Refurbishment of
station
In development
Finsbury Park
Alexandra
Palace Down
Slow 2 upgrade
Provide increased
linespeeds
ECM1
2014
Improved capacity,
performance and
operational flexibility
ECML South
(W10 Route
Clearances)
Gauge clearance on
the ECML and
connecting routes
ECM1
2014
To accommodate the
carriage of deep sea
container traffic on the
ECML and connecting
routes
In development
ECML Slow Line

LSIs (Hitchin to
Huntington)
Linespeed increases
on ECML slow lines
ECM1
2014
Improvements to
journey times, route
capacity and
performance
In development
Notes
Status
Under
construction

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Peterborough
Platform 3U
Additional platform on
Up Fast line (for LDHS
services)
ECM1
2014
Reduction of the time

penalty for a
Peterborough stop in
Up Fast services
In development
Holme Lode
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
ECM1
2014
Renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Hadley Wood
Station
Refurbishment
Refurbishment of
platforms (resurfacing,
renewal of copers and
tactiles, white lining
and essential repairs to
platform riser walls),
renewal of lighting,
strengthening and
refurbishment of
footbridge
ECM1
2014
Refurbishment of
station and footbridge
In development
Proposed infrastructure investment in Control Period 5 (2014 - 2019)

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Harringay
Station
Refurbishment
Refurbishment of
platforms
(resurfacing,
renewal of copers
and tactiles, white
lining and
essential repairs to
platform riser
walls)
ECM1
CP5
Refurbishment of
station
In development
Bounds Green
LMD
Refurbishment
Refurbishment of
overhead cranes,
main shed doors,
roof covering and
guttering to main
shed
ECM1,
HDB
CP5
Refurbishment of
maintenance depot
In development
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
St. Pancras
International to
Finsbury Park
Slow Line
Provide
connection from
Thameslink core
at St. Pancras to
ECML at Finsbury
Park
SPC1,
ECM1,
MCL
2016
New route for

cross-London
traffic
Part of
Thameslink
Programme
In development
Bounds Green
North
Resignalling
Resignalling &
interlocking
renewal
ECM1,
HDB
2017
Signalling renewals
In development
ECML Inner
Suburban
Capacity
(Stevenage &
Gordon Hill)
Upgrading AC
traction power
supply, some
resignalling of the
Hertford Loop, &
improved turnback
facilities at
Stevenage &
Gordon Hill
HDB,
ECM1
2019
Provision of extra
peak capacity on
the Welwyn
Garden City and
Hertford North to
Moorgate services
In development
Alconbury
Freight
Terminal
Connection to
proposed freight
terminal
ECM1
2018
New freight facility
In development
Huntingdon
Fletton 4Tracking
4-Tracking of the
ECML between
Huntingdon and
Fletton Junction
ECM1
2018
Improved capacity
and performance in
the Hitchin to
Peterborough
corridor
In development
Finsbury Park
S&C
Renewal of S&C
ECM1
2019
Renewal of S&C
In development
Kings Cross
Station S&C
Renewal of S&C
ECM1
2019
Renewal of S&C
In development
Connington
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV)
level crossing
ECM1
2019
Renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Everton
Resignalling
Interlocking
renewal and
resignalling
ECM1
2019
Interlocking
renewal and
resignalling
In development

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
IEP
development/
enabling works
Infrastructure
works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
ECM1
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
Notes
Status
In development
In addition to the proposed enhancement programme, this table includes third party schemes, renewals and
potential NRDF schemes where applicable.
10
SRS G.02 - Moorgate Branch

The Moorgate branch (also known as the Northern City Line) extends for 3 miles from Moorgate station to
Finsbury Park South Junctions, where it joins the East Coast Main Line (SRS G.01). It carries frequent inner
suburban commuter services from Monday to Friday. It is electrified with third rail DC from Moorgate to
Drayton Park, and with 25kV OHL from Drayton Park to Finsbury Park.
It is double track along its whole length, and contains five stations (including Moorgate), all of which have two
platforms serving the Moorgate Branch. There are eight platforms in total at Highbury & Islington station,
facilitating both an easy interchange with the London Underground Victoria Line, and interchange with
London Overground services operating on the North London Line (SRS E.03). Moorgate station has a total
of ten platforms (of which the two formerly serving Thameslink are disused), serving the Circle,
Hammersmith & City, Metropolitan, and Northern Lines of London Underground (LUL), as well as the two on
the Moorgate branch. It is a key entry point to the City of London. The other three stations on the branch
(Old Street, Essex Road and Drayton Park) all have two through platforms each, all of which serve only the
Moorgate Branch.
The platforms at Moorgate, Old Street, Essex Road and Highbury & Islington are all of sub-surface tube
type, although the line is of larger loading gauge than LUL tube lines allowing operation by Class 313 EMUs
which are the only rolling stock type used on the line. Due to the single line tunnel configuration of the line
and its frequent service, the signalling incorporates a train stop system as traditionally used by LUL, but
rarely found on Network Rail routes.
11
Following the introduction of ERTMS in 2019, the requirements for future growth and the ability of
ERTMS to meet them will be reviewed.
Information
Current
Line of route
description
LN105: Moorgate to Finsbury Park Junction
Section start
Moorgate Station
Section end
Finsbury Park Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)

Management System
(ERTMS)
ERTMS
Speed
Predominantly 30mph
Predominantly 30mph
Predominantly 30mph
Electrification
DC 3 rail from
Moorgate to Drayton
Park; AC OHL from
Drayton Park to
DC 3rd rail from

Moorgate to Drayton
Park; AC OHL from
Drayton Park to
DC 3rd rail from

Moorgate to Drayton
Park; AC OHL from
Drayton Park to
rd
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
ERTMS is due to be
installed on this branch in
2019.

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Moorgate to Finsbury Park

(11 minutes Down; 13
minutes Up)

minutes Up)

minutes Up)
Number of
trains per
hour
Monday to Friday
Monday to Friday
Monday to Friday

Welwyn Garden City
Hertford North line

Garden City
Hertford North line
2 tph Moorgate to
Hertford North

Garden City
Hertford North line
2 tph) Moorgate to
Hertford North
12
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight Network
plan
Approximately 5 trains per

annum use the section
between Drayton Park and
Finsbury Park

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years number
of level crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
There are no level

crossings on this SRS

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Northern
City Line
Fire Alarm
Renewal
Renewal of fire
alarm system
MEB1
2012
Renewal of fire alarm

system
13
Notes
Status
In development

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
ECML
Inner
Suburban
Capacity
Reinstatement of
Moorgate Branch
signals, upgrading
DC traction power
supply, some
resignalling of the
Hertford Loop, &
improved turnback
facilities and
crossovers at
Gordon Hill and
Stevenage
MEB1,
ECM1,
HDB
CP5
Provision of extra
peak
capacity/improved
performance on the
Welwyn Garden City
and Hertford North to
Moorgate services
Additional
signalling will only
be re-instated on
the branch if this is
a cost-effective
measure for the
interim period until
the installation of
ERTMS.
In development
14
SRS G.03 - Hertford Loop

The Hertford Loop extends for 23.1 miles from Wood Green North Junction to Langley Junctions (near
Stevenage), thereby forming a loop off the southern section of the East Coast Main Line (SRS G.01), to
which it is joined at both ends. It is double track and electrified (with 25kV OHL) along its whole length, and
serves 11 stations, of which the most significant (in terms of passenger numbers) are Palmers Green,
Winchmore Hill, Hertford North, Enfield Chase and Gordon Hill. It is served by frequent inner suburban
services, which run to Kings Cross in the early morning, late evening, and at weekends, and to Moorgate for
most of the day Monday to Friday. The northerly limits of Hertford loop services are generally Gordon Hill,
Hertford North or Letchworth at which suitable turnback facilities exist. Gordon Hill and Hertford North
stations each have three platforms, both being equipped with a south-facing turnback platform in addition to
the up and down through platforms. The other nine stations (Bowes Park, Palmers Green, Winchmore Hill,
Grange Park, Enfield Chase, Crews Hill, Cuffley, Bayford and Watton-at-Stone) are all served by two
through platforms. There are electrified carriage sidings at Hertford North.
The line operates through a largely built up area as far as Gordon Hill with a more rural environment further
north in which the largest community is at Hertford. It passes for some distance through a Conservation area
immediately north of Hertford North station.
In addition to providing a key suburban link for parts of north London and Hertfordshire, the Hertford loop
also has an important role as a diversionary route for services normally routed via Welwyn Garden City at
times when the ECML is unavailable due to planned maintenance work or incident. It is also the main route
15
for through freight trains between Wood Green and Langley Junction. As such, it forms a critical element of
the total rail operation in the London Stevenage corridor.
Following the introduction of ERTMS in 2019, the requirements for future growth and the ability of ERTMS to
meet them will be reviewed.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN120: Wood Green Junction to Langley Junction
Section start
Wood Green Junction
Section end
Langley Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)

Management System
(ERTMS)
ERTMS
Speed
Raise linespeed to
highest possible in line
with infrastructure
characteristics and
capability of rolling
stock
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Notes
ERTMS is due to be
installed on this line in 2019.

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Bowes Park to Stevenage
39 minutes
39 minutes
39 minutes
Number of
trains per
hour
Monday to Friday
Monday to Friday
Monday to Friday

Hertford North

2 tph Moorgate to

2 tph Moorgate to
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends

Hertford North
Stevenage
1 tph Kings Cross to Hertford

North
Stevenage

Hertford North
Stevenage
16
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network plan
Busiest section is between

Hertford North and
Stevenage

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
level crossings
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Hertford North ATO

Test Facility
Facility to test
automatic train
operation for
Thameslink
and Crossrail
programmes
HDB
2012
Ability to provide safe

automatic train
operation for major
enhancement
programmes
17
Notes
Status
In development

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
ECML Inner
Suburban
Capacity
(Stevenage &
Gordon Hill)
Upgrading AC
traction power
supply, some
resignalling of the
Hertford Loop, &
improved turnback
facilities at
Stevenage &
Gordon Hill
HDB,
ECM1
2019
Provision of extra
diversionary and
turnback peak
capability on the
Hertford North to
Moorgate services
In development
IEP
development/
enabling works
Infrastructure works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
HDB
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
18
SRS G.04 - Hitchin - Cambridge

The Hitchin to Cambridge Line extends for 23 miles from Hitchin Cambridge Junction (where it links to the
East Coast Main Line north of Hitchin) to Shepreth Branch Junction (where it meets the West Anglia Main
Line south of Cambridge). It is double track and electrified (with 25kV OHL) along its whole length. It
provides a valuable link between Cambridge and London, accommodating as it does the generally halfhourly Cambridge London fast service, one of which each hour starts from Kings Lynn.
There are seven stations, namely (in descending order of passenger numbers) Letchworth Garden City,
Royston, Baldock, Meldreth, Ashwell & Morden, Shepreth and Foxton. All have stations have two through
platforms, and are served by First Capital Connect (FCC) outer suburban services running between Kings
Cross and Cambridge. The platforms at Royston have recently been extended to 12-car length to
accommodate the longer trains necessitated by growing demand; both tracks through the platforms at
Royston are signalled for reversible working, giving additional flexibility. In the early mornings and evenings,
Letchworth and Royston are often served by FCCs longer-distance outer suburban services between Kings
Cross and Kings Lynn. Letchworth is also served by FCC inner suburban services to London via Hertford
North, which terminate at Kings Cross in the early mornings, late evenings, and at weekends, and at
Moorgate for most of the day Monday to Friday. The main station building at Letchworth is listed and is
situated within a Conservation Area.
There is a light maintenance depot for EMU stock east of Letchworth station, and aggregates facility near
Foxton reached via the Barrington Light Railway which has a connection facing towards Cambridge.
19

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN125: Hitchin Cambridge Junction to Shepreth Branch Junction
Section start
Hitchin Cambridge Junction
Section end
Shepreth Branch Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Hitchin to Cambridge
Hitchin to Cambridge
40 minutes
40 minutes

improvement
Number
of trains
per hour

Lynn

Lynn

Lynn

Letchworth (weekdays)

Cambridge

Cambridge
2 tph Moorgate to Letchworth

(weekdays)
2 tph Moorgate to Letchworth

(weekdays)
20
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network plan
Busiest section is Hitchin to

Letchworth

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years number
of level crossings
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
FCC platform
lengthening
Platform
lengthening at
Letchworth
SBR
2012
Increased capacity
through train
lengthening to 12-car
Under
construction
Hitchin Interlocking
renewal/resignalling
Renewal of
interlocking
ECM1,
SBR
2012
Maintain capability
Under
construction
Hitchin grade
separation
Revised layout
at Hitchin
Cambridge
Junction taking
the Down
Cambridge
line trains over
the ECML
ECM1,
SBR
2013
Increased capacity
times, safety and
performance
In development
21
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Foxton
Resignalling
Signalling
interlocking
renewal
SBR
2016
Signalling interlocking
renewal
In development
Harston AHBC
Renewal
Renewal of AHB
level crossing
SBR
2018
Renewal of AHB level

crossing
In development
Hauxton AHBC
Renewal
Renewal of AHB
level crossing
SBR
2018

crossing
In development
Shepreth AHBC
Renewal
Renewal of AHB
level crossing
SBR
2018

crossing
In development
Litlington AHBC
Renewal
Renewal of AHB
level crossing
SBR
2019

crossing
In development
IEP development/
enabling works
Infrastructure
works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
SBR
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
22
SRS G.05 - Peterborough - Doncaster

This SRS forms one of the central sections of the East Coast Main Line, and runs for 79 miles from
Peterborough to Doncaster. It comprises five tracks from Peterborough to Helpston Junction, four tracks
from Helpston Junction to Stoke Tunnel, and predominantly two tracks from Grantham to the southern
approaches to Doncaster. It is electrified (with 25kV OHL) along its whole length. It intersects with the
GN/GE Joint Line (from Peterborough to Doncaster via Lincoln) at Werrington Junction, the Peterborough to
Leicester line at Helpston Junction, the Nottingham to Skegness line at Grantham, the Nottingham to Lincoln
line at Newark, the Sheffield to Lincoln line at Retford, and numerous freight and passenger lines near
Doncaster. The only passenger services which use the route along its entire length are long distance high
speed (LDHS) trains from London Kings Cross to Yorkshire, the North East, and Scotland, operated by East
Coast, Hull Trains and Grand Central. However, CrossCountrys Birmingham to Cambridge/Stansted
services use the route between Peterborough and Helpston Junction, East Midlands Trains Liverpool to
Norwich service runs between Peterborough and Grantham, and East Midlands Trains local services (from
Peterborough to Spalding/Lincoln) use the route as far as Werrington Junction.
There are five stations on this section, namely (in descending order of passenger numbers) Peterborough,
Doncaster, Grantham, Newark North Gate and Retford. Peterborough currently has five platforms, but work
is being undertaken to increase this to seven. As well as marking the northernmost limit of First Capital
Connects outer suburban services, and providing a stop for many of East Coasts LDHS trains,
Peterborough also accommodates two regular east-west services (namely CrossCountrys Birmingham to
Cambridge/Stansted services, and East Midlands Trains Liverpool to Norwich service) and less frequent
local trains to Lincolnshire via Spalding and to Ipswich via Bury St Edmunds.
23
Doncaster has four through platforms, two north-facing bay platforms on the down side and two south-facing
bay platforms, one each on the up and down sides. As well as the LDHS services operated by East Coast,
Grand Central and Hull Trains, it accommodates First TransPennine Express services between Manchester
Airport and Cleethorpes, and numerous local services run by Northern Rail.
Grantham has three through platforms and one north-facing bay platform. It accommodates LDHS services
operated by East Coast and Hull Trains, plus East Midlands Trains Liverpool to Norwich and Nottingham to
Skegness services.
Newark North Gate has three through platforms. It serves East Coast LDHS trains, plus East Midlands
Trains Nottingham to Lincoln and Newark to Grimsby Town services.
Retford has two through platforms on the East Coast Main Line, and two through platforms on the Sheffield
to Lincoln line. It is served by East Coast and Hull Trains LDHS services from Kings Cross, plus Northern
Rails Sheffield to Lincoln local services. There are numerous operational, maintenance and freight facilities
along the route, of which the most significant include five sets of sidings accessed from the north side of
Peterborough station (Crescent, Crescent Wharf, Westwood, Spital and New England), Peterborough North
Depot, Peterborough Electrification Depot, a concrete plant at Tallington, a small number of freight sidings at
Grantham and Newark, and a large complex of freight facilities at Doncaster Railport (including Doncaster
Royal Mail Terminal, several sets of sidings, and DB Schenkers maintenance depot).
Following the introduction of ERTMS in 2019, the requirements for future growth and the ability of
ERTMS to meet them will be reviewed.

Information
Current
Line of route
description
LN101: Peterborough to Doncaster
Section start
Peterborough Station
Section end
Doncaster Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)

Management System
(ERTMS)
ERTMS
Speed
Fast lines:
Predominantly 125
mph
Fast lines:
Predominantly 125
mph
Slow lines (to Stoke

Tunnel):
Slow lines (to Stoke

Tunnel):
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Electrification
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
25kV AC OHL
24
Notes
ERTMS is due to be
installed on this line by
2019.

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Peterborough to Doncaster
Peterborough to Doncaster
53 minutes
53 minutes

some improvement
Number
of trains
per hour
LDHS
2 tph (3 peak) Kings Cross
to Newcastle/Scotland
Newark/York
to Leeds
Interchange
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
to Leeds
Interchange
t.b.c.)
Other
1 tph Norwich to Liverpool
1 tph Peterborough to
Spalding/Lincoln
Other
Spalding/Lincoln
Notes
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
3 tph Kings Cross to Leeds
Interchange
t.b.c.)
Other
Spalding/Lincoln
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
21

plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network plan
Busiest section is
Peterborough to Werrington
Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
26
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years number
of level crossings
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
20
25
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
ECML Overhead Line

Performance
Improvement
Various
improvements
to OHL along
line of route
ECM1
2013
Better
performance and
engineering
access
Capacity relief
Peterborough to
Doncaster
Enhancement
of the GN/GE
Joint Line via
Spalding and
Lincoln
WEB,
SPD1/2/3/4,
ECM1
2014
Increased
capacity and
improved
performance,
plus 7 Day
Railway
opportunities
Peterborough station
additional island
platform
New platform
on the
western side
of the station
ECM1
2013
Increased
capacity and
improved
performance
In development
Doncaster to Water
Orton (W10 Route
Clearances)
Gauge
clearance on
the ECML
and
connecting
routes
ECM1
2014
To
accommodate
the carriage of
deep sea
container traffic
on the ECML
and connecting
routes
Under
construction
ECML South (W10

Route Clearances)
Gauge
clearance on
the ECML
and
connecting
routes
ECM1
2014
To
accommodate
the carriage of
deep sea
container traffic
on the ECML
and connecting
routes
In development
GN/GE (Pyewipe
Junction to Doncaster)
gauge clearance
Increase
gauge at
northern end
of GN/GE line
to W10 (as
per previous
3rd party
project)
BHP,
SPD3/4
2014
Improved freight
capacity; new
diversionary
route
In development
26
Notes
Status
Under
construction
Impacts
this SRS
at
Werrington
Junction
In development

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Peterborough Platform
3U
Additional
platform on
Up Fast line
(for LDHS
services)
ECM1
2014
Reduction of the
time penalty for a
Peterborough
stop in Up Fast
services
In development
Osterfen MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal
of
MCB(CCTV)
level crossing
ECM1
2014
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV)
level crossing
In development

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Rossington
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
ECM1
2015
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
GN/GE
Southern
Access
(Werrington
Junction)
Alterations to
platform/junction
layout and/or
possible construction
of avoiding line
ECM1,
WEB
2018
Increased capacity for

both passenger and
freight services through
Peterborough, and
reduced journey times for
passenger services
stopping at Peterborough
In development
Doncaster
Capacity
Schemes
Collection of minor
improvements to
infrastructure in the
Doncaster area
ECM1,
SPD4,
BKS,
PED5,
DOL1,
DOW
2018
Increased capacity for

services through
Doncaster
In development
Peterborough
to GN/GE
Southern
Access
Provision of
independent access
to GN/GE Joint Line
for trains from ElyMarch-Peterborough
line
EMP,
ECM1,
WEB
2018
Maximisation of capacity
In development
27
Notes
Status

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Newark Flyover
Replacement of
Newark Flat
Crossing with a
bridge carrying the
Nottingham &
Lincoln line over the
ECML
ECM1,
NOB1,
NSE
2018
Improved performance,
reduced journey times
and reduced fuel
consumption on the
ECML; improved
performance and
increased capacity on the
Nottingham & Lincoln line
In development
Lolham
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
ECM1
2019
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Church Lane
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
ECM1
2019
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
IEP
development/
enabling works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
ECM1
2019
Ability to accommodate
IEP services
In development
28
SRS G.06 - Doncaster - Holbeck West Junction

This section is effectively a branch of the East Coast Main Line, and runs for 29 miles from Doncaster to just
west of Leeds. It is two track and electrified (with 25kV OHL) along its whole length, with the addition of loops
at Hemsworth and through Wakefield Westgate station. It intersects with numerous passenger and freight
routes at both the Doncaster and Leeds ends, with the Skellow freight line at Carcroft and Adwick Junctions,
with the Swinton to Pontefract line at South Kirkby Junction, with Crofton freight branch at Hare Park
Junction, and with the Wakefield Kirkgate to Mirfield line at Westgate South Junction. It is used by long
distance high speed (LDHS) East Coast services from Kings Cross to Leeds, by CrossCountrys Edinburgh
to Plymouth services, and by Northern Rail local services connecting Sheffield, Doncaster and Leeds.
There are eight stations on the route, namely (in descending order of passenger numbers) Doncaster,
Wakefield Westgate, South Elmsall, Outwood, Adwick, Fitzwilliam, Sandal & Agbrigg and Bentley.
Doncaster has four through platforms, two north-facing bay platforms, and two south-facing bay platforms.
As well as LDHS services operated by East Coast, Grand Central and Hull Trains, it accommodates
TransPennine services between Manchester Airport and Cleethorpes, and numerous local services run by
Northern Rail. All of the remaining stations have two through platforms, although those at Wakefield
Westgate are long enough to accommodate East Coast and CrossCountry LDHS services all of which
stop there whereas the other stations only serve Northern Rail local trains and are of appropriate length for
such use. Sidings at Wakefield Westgate are available for passenger and freight purposes but see only
occasional use and apart from the passenger stations and loops are the only notable facility along the route.
29

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN836: Doncaster to Holbeck West Junction
Section start
Doncaster Station
Section end
Holbeck West Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9/W10 from
Doncaster to Hare
Park Junction, W9
thereafter
W9/W10 from
Doncaster to Hare Park
Junction, W9 thereafter
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
Predominantly
100mph south of
Sandal & Agbrigg,
75mph thereafter
Predominantly
100mph south of
Sandal & Agbrigg,
75mph thereafter
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Doncaster to Leeds
LDHS: 38 minutes
Local: 48 minutes
Doncaster to Leeds
LDHS: 38 minutes
Local: 48 minutes

improvement
Number of
trains per
hour
LDHS
to Leeds
1tph Plymouth to
Edinburgh
LDHS
2 tph (3+ peak) Kings
Cross to Leeds
1tph Plymouth to
Edinburgh
LDHS
2+ tph (3+ peak) Kings Cross
to Leeds
1tph Plymouth to Edinburgh
Local
1 tph (2 peak) Doncaster to
Leeds
1 tph Sheffield to Leeds
1 tph Sheffield to Adwick
Local
1 tph (2 peak) Doncaster to
Leeds
30
Local
2 tph Doncaster to Leeds
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
19

plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network plan
Busiest section is from South

Kirkby Junction to Hare Park
Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
Notes

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Ardsley Feeder
Station
Reinforcement
Installation of
additional traction
power supply
transformer in vicinity
of existing Ardsley
feeder station with
UTX and new
equipment both north
and south of line
DOL2
2014
Additional traction
power supply
31
Notes
Status
In development

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Doncaster to
Leeds platform
extensions
Platform extensions
at South Elmsall,
Fitzwiliam, Sandal &
Outwood
DOL1/2
2014-19
Increased capacity
through train
lengthening
In development
Bentley
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
DOL1
2015
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Wakefield
Westgate
Recontrol
Signalling recontrol
DOL1/2
2016
Signalling recontrol
In development
Dock Hills
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
DOL1
2016
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Skellow
Resignalling
Signalling
interlocking renewal
DOL1
2017
Signalling
interlocking
renewal
In development
South Kirkby Wakefield

Westgate
enhancements
Improve capacity
and performance
between South
Kirkby Junction and
Hare Park Junction
DOL1/2
2018
Improved capacity
and performance
In development
Doncaster
Capacity
Schemes
Collection of minor
improvements to
Doncaster area
ECM1,
SPD4,
BKS,
PED5,
DOL1,
DOW
2018
Increased capacity
for services
through Doncaster
In development
IEP
development/
enabling works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
DOL1/2
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
32
SRS G.07 - Doncaster - Colton Junction

This section comprises part of the East Coast Main Line, and runs for 27 miles from Doncaster to Colton
Junction (which is 5 miles south of York). It is two track and electrified (with 25kV OHL) along its whole
length. It intersects with numerous passenger and freight lines at Doncaster, with the Askern Branch at
Shaftholme Junction, with the Skellow freight line at Joan Croft Junction, with a branch to Selby at
Templehirst Junction, with the Hull to Leeds line at Hambleton Junctions, and with the York to Leeds line at
Colton Junction.
Passenger trains frequently using this route are CrossCountrys Reading to Newcastle services, and trains
from Kings Cross to Yorkshire, the North East, and Scotland, operated by East Coast, Grand Central and
Hull Trains. (The Hull Trains services leave the route at Templehirst Junction en route to Selby and Hull.) A
small number of Northern Rail services use parts of the route to travel from Selby to either Doncaster or
York. Apart from Doncaster (which has four through platforms, two north-facing bay platforms, and two
south-facing bay platforms) there are no stations on this section. There is a freight private siding at Heck
which sees regular traffic. A down passenger loop is provided at Arksey, a short distance north of Doncaster.
33

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN101: Doncaster to Shaftholme Junction
Section start
Doncaster Station
Section end
Colton Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
9 (Doncaster to
Templehirst
Junction); 10
(Templehirst Junction
to Colton Junction)
9 (Doncaster to
Templehirst
Junction); 10
(Templehirst Junction
to Colton Junction)
9 (Doncaster to
Templehirst Junction);
10 (Templehirst
Junction to Colton
Junction)
Gauge
W9
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
TCB

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
Predominantly 125
mph
Predominantly 125
mph
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Notes
LN600: Shaftholme Junction to Colton Junction

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Doncaster to York
Doncaster to York
24 minutes
24 minutes

improvement
Number
of trains
per
hour
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
York/Sunderland
1 tph Reading to Newcastle
8 tpd Kings Cross to Hull
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
1+ tph Kings Cross to
York/Sunderland
Yorkshire (details tbc)
8+ tpd Kings Cross to Hull
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
1+ tph Kings Cross to
York/Sunderland
1 or 2 tph Kings Cross to new
destinations (details tbc)
1tph Reading to Newcastle
8+ tpd Kings Cross to Hull
34
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
28

plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network plan
Busiest section is Doncaster

to Shaftholme Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
11
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
level crossings
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing policy
Notes
13

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Daw Lane MCB(CCTV)

Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV)
level crossing
ECM1
2012
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
North Doncaster Chord

(Shaftholme Junction &
Joan Croft Junction remodelling)
Provision of
flyover
connecting
Askern and
Applehurst
Junction lines
ECM1/2,
KWS,
CJS
2014
Increased capacity,
improved
performance, and
reduced coal train
journey time
In development
Templehirst Junction
S&C Renewal
S&C renewal
ECM2/3,
TCW1
2014
S&C renewal
In development
35
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Moat Hills
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
ECM1
2016
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Arksey
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
ECM1
2016
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Doncaster
Capacity
Schemes
Collection of minor
improvements to
Doncaster area
ECM1,
SPD4,
BKS,
PED5,
DOL1,
DOW
2018
Increased capacity
for services
through Doncaster
In development
IEP
development/
enabling works
Infrastructure
works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
ECM1/2/3
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
36
SRS G.08 - Colton Junction - Northallerton

This section comprises part of the East Coast Main Line, and runs for 35 miles from Colton Junction
(which is 5 miles south of York) to Northallerton. It is four track along almost its whole length, and is
electrified with 25kV OHL. It intersects with the Harrogate to York and York to Scarborough lines near York,
and the Northallerton to Eaglescliffe line at Northallerton. The portion between Colton Junction and York is
used by numerous CrossCountry, East Coast, First TransPennine Express, Grand Central and Northern
Rail services. Meanwhile, the section north of York is used by East Coast services from Kings Cross to
Newcastle and Scotland, Grand Central trains from Kings Cross to Hartlepool and Sunderland,
CrossCountry services from Reading to Newcastle and Plymouth to Edinburgh, and First TransPennine
Express services from Manchester Airport to Middlesbrough or Newcastle.
There are three stations on the route, namely (in descending order of passenger numbers) York,
Northallerton and Thirsk. York has 11 platforms in total, comprising six through platforms, three south-facing
bay platforms, and two north-facing bay platforms. All services using this SRS stop at York (except East
Coasts one Flying Scotsman service on weekday mornings). The main station buildings at York are listed
and much of the station is within a Conservation Area.
Northallerton and Thirsk each have two through platforms. Both stations are served by Grand Central and
First TransPennine services, whilst Northallerton is also served by East Coast trains.
There are several operational, engineering and freight facilities on this SRS. Holgate Reception Sidings are
located mile south of York station, whilst the York Teardrop site (between the ECML and the York Main
Goods Lines) accommodates a DB Schenker depot, Leeman Road Engineers Yard, York South Sidings,
37
and facilities belonging to the National Railway Museum. There is also a light maintenance depot north of
York station servicing First TransPennine Express Class 185 units.
Klondyke Yard and York North Sidings are located to the west of the Teardrop and there are also small
sidings at Tollerton and Thirsk, all of which see only limited use.
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN600: Colton Junction to Northallerton
Section start
Colton Junction
Section end
Northallerton Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
Fast lines: 125 mph
Fast lines: 125 mph
Slow lines:
south of Thirsk, 90
mph thereafter
Slow lines:
south of Thirsk, 90
mph thereafter
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Notes
LN724: Holgate Junction to Skelton Junction (Goods Avoiding Line)
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
York to Northallerton
York to Northallerton
24 minutes
24 minutes

some improvement
38
Notes
Number
of trains
per hour
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
York/Sunderland
1 tph Plymouth to Edinburgh
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
4 tpd Kings Cross to
Sunderland
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
4 tpd Kings Cross to
Sunderland
1 tph Plymouth to
Edinburgh
Other
1 tph Liverpool to Scarborough
1 tph Blackpool to York
1 tph Hull/Selby to York
1 tph (2 peak) York to
Harrogate/Leeds
1 tph Manchester Airport to
Newcastle
Middlesbrough
Other
1 tph Liverpool to
Scarborough
Harrogate/Leeds
Newcastle
Middlesbrough
Other
1 tph Liverpool to
Scarborough
Harrogate/Leeds
Newcastle
Middlesbrough
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
31

Strategic Freight
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Busiest section is York to

Northallerton

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years number
of level crossings
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
13
39
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
York Holgate Junction

4th line
New line from

Holgate
Junction to
Platforms 1-11
at York station,
and
improvement
of restrictive
signalling
arrangements
ECM4
2011
Increased capacity
and improved
performance, plus 7
Day Railway
opportunities
Under
construction
Colton North Junction

S&C Renewal
S&C renewal
ECM4
2013
S&C renewal
In development
ECML level crossing

closure programme
Closure of
level crossings
that would
become high
risk with an
increase in
train
movements
ECM5
2014
Increased capacity
and improved safety
and performance
Under
construction

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
IEP development/
enabling works
Infrastructure
works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
ECM4/5
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
Notes
Status
In development
40
SRS G.09 - Northallerton - Newcastle

This section comprises part of the East Coast Main Line, and runs for 50 miles from Northallerton to
Newcastle. It is generally two track, but widens to four tracks across the King Edward Bridge into Newcastle.
It is electrified with 25kV OHL along its whole length. It intersects with the Northallerton to Eaglescliffe line at
Northallerton, with the Darlington to Eaglescliffe and Darlington to Bishop Auckland lines at Darlington, with
the Stillington Branch and Leamside line at Ferryhill, and with the Newcastle to Carlisle line at Newcastle
King Edward Bridge South Junction).
It carries East Coast services from Kings Cross to Newcastle and Scotland, CrossCountrys Reading to
Newcastle and Plymouth to Edinburgh trains, TransPennines Manchester Airport to Newcastle services,
and some Northern Rail trains running from Middlesbrough to Newcastle in the early morning. There are five
stations on the route, namely (in descending order of passenger numbers) Newcastle, Darlington, Durham,
Northallerton, and Chester-le-Street. Newcastle has twelve platforms in total, comprising seven through
platforms, four south-facing bay platforms, and one north-facing bay platform. As well as the long-distance
high-speed (LDHS) and TransPennine services running along this SRS, Newcastle accommodates
Northern Rail local services running on the Newcastle to Carlisle line, the Middlesbrough to Newcastle via
the Durham Coast line, and on the ECML to Morpeth and Chathill. It is a key city centre station and apart
from interchange between heavy rail services also provides an important passenger interface with Tyne &
Wear Metro and local bus services. The station buildings at Newcastle and Durham are listed and situated
within a Conservation Area. Darlington currently has four platforms, comprising two through platforms and
two south-facing bay platforms; this station also includes listed buildings. As well as LDHS and
TransPennine services, Darlington accommodates Northern Rail local trains to Bishop Auckland and
41
Saltburn via Middlesbrough. The station at Darlington is effectively sited on a series of loop lines; up and
down main lines which pass outside the station area are available for non-stopping trains.
Durham, Northallerton and Chester-le-Street each have two through platforms. There are several
operational, engineering and freight facilities on this SRS. There are some engineering sidings north of
Darlington, sidings operated by DB Schenker and Lafarge Aggregates between Ferryhill South Junction and
Tursdale Junction, and six sets of sidings (one of which is electrified) between Birtley Junction and Low Fell
Junction. At Newcastle, a connection from Forth Banks engineers siding runs to the south-facing bay
platforms and one of the through lines.
There are a number of loops available on this section in the form of a down passenger and up goods loop at
Darlington, an up goods loop and down and up slow lines at Ferryhill, a down slow line and up loop line at
Durham, and up and down slow line at Tyne Yard. The facility exists to enter Newcastle station from the
south either via the normal route over the King Edward Bridge or alternatively over the High Level Bridge,
and apart from providing a diversionary route when required this provides a useful opportunity to turn a train
round, including electric stock, with minimum of disruption.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN600: Northallerton to Newcastle
Section start
Section end
Newcastle Central Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
TCB

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
Predominantly
125mph south of
Tursdale Junction;
varies from 75mph to
115mph thereafter
Predominantly
125mph south of
Tursdale Junction;
varies from 75mph to
115mph thereafter
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
capability of rolling stock
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
42
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Northallerton to Newcastle
49 minutes
Northallerton to Newcastle
49 minutes

some improvement
Number
of trains
per hour
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
LDHS
Newcastle/Scotland
Other
Newcastle
3 tpd Saltburn/Middlesbrough
to Newcastle via Durham
(northbound only)
Other
Newcastle
(northbound only)
Other
Newcastle
(northbound only)
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
12

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network
plan
Ferryhill South Junction to Low

Fell Junction is busiest
section; the Leamside line
may be reopened to
accommodate this traffic in the
long term

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years number
of level crossings
Crossing policy
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
43
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Thompson Street
East (Darlington)
Bridge
Reconstruction
Mitigation of
weak public
road
overbridge
ECM5
2013
Maintenance of
safety standards
In development
Chowdene
(Gateshead) Bridge
Reconstruction
Mitigation of
weak public
road
overbridge
ECM5
2014
Maintenance of
safety standards
In development

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Darlington Fast
Line Platforms
Construction of new
platforms on the
ECML fast lines at
Darlington
ECM5
2018
Increased capacity
and reduced
journey times for
passenger services
through Darlington
In development
Ferryhill
Newcastle
capacity
(possible
Leamside Line
Reinstatement)
Reinstatement of
the route from
Ferryhill Junction to
Pelaw Junction
FEP,
ECM5,
LEN3
2018
Provision of an
alternative freight
route between
Ferryhill and
Newcastle, with the
possibility of future
passenger services
In development
IEP
development/
enabling
works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
ECM5/6
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
44
SRS G.10 - Newcastle - Border

This section of the East Coast Main Line (ECML) extends for just under 70 miles from Newcastle to the
Scottish Border, three miles north of Berwick-upon-Tweed station. It is a predominantly two track section
electrified throughout on the 25kV OHL system. There are up and down loops at Chevington, Alnmouth,
Belford and Berwick-upon-Tweed and at Morpeth there is an up loop and a down slow line.
The line intersects at Bedlington North Junction with the Blyth & Tyne freight network to Bedlington and
again with the Blyth & Tyne at Morpeth Junction and Morpeth North Junction. There are freight connections
to coal disposal points at Butterwell and at Widdrington, whilst at Alnmouth, Tweedmouth and Berwick-uponTweed there are non-passenger sidings used mainly for engineers on-track machines and National
Distribution Service traffic.
Train services are predominantly CrossCountry and East Coast long distance high speed services and
freight trains. There is also a broadly hourly Northern Rail local service between Newcastle and Morpeth and
a very limited peak hour Northern Rail service between Newcastle and Chathill.
There are stations at Manors, Cramlington, Morpeth, Pegswood, Widdrington, Acklington, Alnmouth, Chathill
and Berwick-upon-Tweed. Only Morpeth, Alnmouth and Berwick are of sufficient length to accommodate
LDHS trains, the remainder being served only by the local stopping service. Most of the stations have two
platforms for up and down direction, except for Manors and Berwick-upon-Tweed which are island platforms
with two faces. The station building at Berwick-upon-Tweed is listed and situated within a Conservation
Area.
45

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN600: Newcastle to Border
Section start
Newcastle Central Station
Section end
Anglo-Scottish Border (ECM7, 69m 67ch)
Route
availability
(RA)
8 south of Heaton
South Junction, 9
thereafter
8 south of Heaton
South Junction, 9
thereafter
8 south of Heaton
South Junction, 9
thereafter
Gauge
W9
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
TCB

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
Varies from 110mph to

125mph

125mph
Raise linespeed to
highest possible in
line with
infrastructure
characteristics and
stock
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Newcastle to Berwickupon-Tweed
Newcastle to Berwick-uponTweed
45 minutes
45 minutes

some improvement
Number of
trains per
hour
1-2 tph Kings Cross to

Scotland

Scotland
1 tph Plymouth to
Edinburgh
1 tph (2 peak) Newcastle to

Morpeth/Chathill

Morpeth/Chathill
46
2 tph Kings Cross to Scotland

Morpeth/Chathill
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network
plan
Busiest section is Newcastle

East Junction to Heaton
South Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
28
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes
22

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Newcastle
Station Fire
Alarm Renewal
Renewal of fire
alarm system
ECM6/7
2012
Maintenance of safety
standards
In development
Ouseburn
Viaduct
Strengthening
Strengthening of
main span
ECM7
2012/13
Maintenance of safety
standards
In development
Heaton Light
Maintenance
Depot
Relocation of the
carriage washing
machine,
refurbishment of
crane, renewal of
heating system and
boilers, asbestos
removal, renewal of
depot protection
system
ECM7
2012-14
Refurbished depot
In development
47
Notes
Status
Widdrington
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
ECM7
2013
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
ECML Overhead
Line
Performance
Improvement
Various
improvements to
OHL along line of
route
ECM7
2013
Better performance
and engineering
access
Under
construction

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
IEP
development/
enabling
works
Infrastructure works to
accommodate
operation of IEP rolling
stock
ECM7
2019
Ability to accommodate
IEP services
Notes
Status
In development
In addition to the proposed enhancement programme, this table includes third party schemes,
renewals and potential NRDF schemes where applicable.
48
SRS G.13 - Newcastle Carlisle

This 58-mile non-electrified line consists throughout its length of double track and apart from crossovers at
broadly 10 mile intervals has quite a simple track layout. Other than the connections to the East Coast Main
Line (ECML) at Newcastle (King Edward Bridge South Junction) and the Settle & Carlisle line and West
Coast Main Line (WCML) at Carlisle (Petteril Bridge Junction and Carlisle South Junction), the only interface
is with the Low Fell single line which gives access to the Tyneside Royal Mail terminal and in a south-facing
direction to the ECML.
The line is typically used by two Northern Rail trains each hour between Newcastle and Hexham, one of
which is a local stopping service terminating at Hexham and the other of which is semi-fast and runs through
to Carlisle. Additionally, a local service operates at the Newcastle end as far as the Metrocentre at broadly
half-hourly intervals geared mainly towards demand by shoppers. There is regular freight operation, typically
linking the west of Scotland with east and north east England. The route also forms an important
diversionary facility for Anglo-Scottish long distance high speed and freight trains when either the ECML or
the WCML is unavailable north of Newcastle or Carlisle due to incident or planned engineering work.
There are 14 stations on the route, all of which consist of two platforms, with the exception of Dunston which
is a single island platform with two faces. Demand is heaviest at the Metrocentre and Hexham, both of which
have regular terminating trains.
There are few sidings up and down recessing sidings, currently out of use, at Prudhoe, some lightly-used
freight sidings at Hexham, a down side loop at Melkridge (originally serving a coal disposal point and at
49
present out of use), a down recessing siding, currently out of use, at Haydon Bridge and two up sidings at
Haltwhistle. There are no rolling stock depots or active private sidings anywhere on the route.
Several listed buildings or structures are to be found in the station areas at Hexham, Haltwhistle and
Wetheral, which are also situated within Conservation Areas. There are listed structures at Wylam, Prudhoe
and Riding Mill stations whilst Haydon Bridge station is within a Conservation Area.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN682: Newcastle to Carlisle
Section start
King Edward Bridge South Junction
Section end
Carlisle South Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W7
W7
W7
Signals
Mainly Absolute Block

(AB) with some Track
Circuit Block (TCB)
Mainly TCB with some

AB
TCB
Speed
Predominantly 60mph
or 65mph
Predominantly 60mph
or 65mph
There is some potential for linespeed

improvements on this route
Electrification
None
None
None
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Newcastle to Carlisle
Newcastle to Carlisle
1 hour 32 minutes
1 hour 32 minutes
There is some potential for

linespeed improvements on
this route
Number of
trains per
hour
2 tph Newcastle to
MetroCentre
1 tph Newcastle to
Hexham
1 tph Newcastle to
Carlisle/Glasgow Central
2 tph Newcastle to
MetroCentre
1 tph Newcastle to Hexham
1 tph Newcastle to
2 tph Newcastle to
MetroCentre
1 tph Newcastle to Hexham
1 tph Newcastle to
50
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network
plan
Norwood Junction to
MetroCentre is busiest
section

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
10
Automatic:
10
User:
61
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Brampton Fell
MGB Renewal
Full renewal of
MGB level
crossing
NEC2
2013
Full renewal of MGB

level crossing
In development
Wylam Signal Box

Refurbishment
Signal box
refurbishment
NEC2
2014
Signal box
refurbishment
In development
51
Notes
Status

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Corby Gates
Modular
Signalling
Installation of modular
signalling
NEC2
2016
Upgraded
signalling
In development
Hexham Modular
Signalling
signalling
NEC2
2018
Upgraded
signalling
In development
Haydon Bridge
Modular
Signalling
signalling
NEC2
2018
Upgraded
signalling
In development
Brampton Fell
Modular
Signalling
signalling
NEC2
2018
Upgraded
signalling
In development
Corby Gates
MCB Renewal
Full renewal of MCB

level crossing
NEC2
2018
Full renewal of
MCB level
crossing
In development
Lane Head
Modular
Signalling
signalling
NEC2
2019
Upgraded
signalling
In development
IEP
development/
enabling
works
Infrastructure works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
NEC1/2
2019
Ability to
accommodate
IEP services
IEP
diversionary
route
Status
In development
52
SRS G.14 - Darlington - Bishop Auckland

This 11-mile non-electrified branch line leaves the East Coast Main Line at Darlington North Junction and is
a mixture of double and single track, the double track being between Heighington and Shildon. There is an
up and down goods loop at North Road, a connection to the National Railway Museum (NRM)s
Locomotion base at Shildon and a connection with the heritage Weardale Railway at Bishop Auckland.
Stations are at North Road, Heighington, Newton Aycliffe, Shildon and Bishop Auckland. North Road and
Bishop Auckland consist of a single platform whilst the others have two platforms. Weardale Railway has its
own separate station at Bishop Auckland.
The train service is provided by Northern Rail and operates at broadly hourly or two-hourly intervals
according to time of day. Freight traffic has recently resumed after some years absence in the form of coal
trains originating from Wolsingham on the Weardale Railway. There are also occasional movements in
connection with the NRMs facility at Shildon.
There is a large listed building at North Road which forms the Darlington Railway Museum and spans the
running line, although it does not form part of the present passenger station. The signal box at Shildon is
listed, whilst there are Conservation Areas adjoining the stations at both Shildon and Bishop Auckland.
In January this year the line was designated a Community Rail service, under the aegis of the Bishop Line
Community Rail Partnership. It has a strong historic aspect giving rise to it also being sometimes known as
The Heritage Line. Both the NRM and the Weardale Railway have only emerged as generators of both
passenger and non-passenger traffic in relatively recent years and further development based around them
53
can be expected in the years ahead. There are aspirations for an improved passenger service on the line so
as to provide a regular hourly interval frequency throughout the day, which would be constrained more by
platform and pathing considerations at Darlington station than by the characteristics of the line itself.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN678: Darlington to Bishop Auckland
Section start
Darlington North Junction
Section end
Bishop Auckland Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except
Absolute Block (AB)
between Heighington
and Shildon
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except
Absolute Block (AB)
between Heighington
and Shildon
Track Circuit Block (TCB), except

Absolute Block (AB) between
Heighington and Shildon
Speed
Predominantly 45mph
Predominantly 45mph
Raise linespeed to highest

possible in line with infrastructure
characteristics and capability of
rolling stock
Electrification
None
None
None
Notes
Journey and
typical
journey time
Number of
trains per
hour
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Darlington to Bishop
Auckland
Auckland
Auckland
26 minutes
26 minutes
26 minutes
10 tpd Bishop Auckland to

Middlesbrough/Saltburn
1 tph (2 peak) Bishop

Auckland to Darlington/
1 tph (2 peak) Bishop

Auckland to Darlington/
54
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
As per forecasts in
the Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per forecasts in
Network plan
Newly introduced freight traffic

from Weardale Railway

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes

No schemes are currently planned for Control Period 4.

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Heighington
mechanical
locking
refurbishment
Signalling
interlocking
refurbishment
DAE1
2019
Signalling interlocking
refurbishment
In development
Heighington
Station MCB
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB level
crossing
DAE1
2019
Full renewal of MCB

level crossing
In development
55
SRS G.15 - Middlesbrough Whitby

This 35-mile rural single track branch line leaves the Middlesbrough Saltburn line at Guisborough Junction,
a short distance to the east of Middlesbrough station. There are passing loops at Nunthorpe and Glaisdale
and run-round loops at Battersby and Whitby. Due to the way in which the rail network in the area has
evolved, the track layout requires all trains to reverse at Battersby.
There is a total of 16 stations on the route, most of which consist of one platform. Two platforms are
provided at Nunthorpe and Glaisdale due to their role as passing places. Grosmont has a total of four
platforms but only one forms part of the network, the remainder being owned and operated by the heritage
North Yorkshire Moors Railway (NYMR).
The only track connection to the branch is at Grosmont with the NYMR and faces towards Whitby.
The basic train service throughout the route consists of four Northern Rail journeys each way per
daybetween Middlesbrough and Whitby which are supplemented by seven further journeys each way
between Middlesbrough and Nunthorpe, reflecting the greater population at this end of the route. Most of the
Nunthorpe terminating journeys extend through to/from Newcastle via the Durham Coast.
56
During the summer months, NYMR operates on an open access basis three steam hauled journeys each
way per day between Grosmont and Whitby which form an extension of their long-established heritage
operation between Grosmont and Pickering, generally providing a through link Pickering Whitby.
There is no regular freight traffic, the only non-passenger movements being rolling stock to or from NYMR.
In July 2005 the branch was one of the first to be designated a Community Rail line, under the aegis of the
Esk Valley Community Rail Partnership.
There are listed station buildings at Whitby and Ruswarp; the latter is also in a Conservation Area.
The line runs for much of its distance through the North Yorkshire Moors National Park and thus serves
many places of tourist interest as well as the coastal resort of Whitby. As such, it can be subject heavy
peaks of demand during the summer months leading at times to considerable overcrowding of train services,
whilst at other times demand can be quite low, especially at the smaller intermediate stations. With
aspirations by NYMR to enhance their services in the Grosmont Whitby corridor plus some evidence of
increased interest by charter train operators, some changes to the fairly basic track layout at Whitby may
need to be considered in the foreseeable future.
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN634: Middlesbrough to Whitby
Section start
Guisborough Junction
Section end
Whitby Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB) from
Middlesbrough to
Nunthorpe, No
Signaller Token
Remote (NSTR)
thereafter
Track Circuit Block

(TCB) from
Middlesbrough to
Nunthorpe, No
Signaller Token
Remote (NSTR)
thereafter
Track Circuit Block

(TCB) from
Middlesbrough to
Nunthorpe, No Signaller
Token Remote
(NSTR) thereafter
Speed
Predominantly 45mph
Predominantly 45mph
Predominantly 45mph
Electrification
None
None
None
57
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Middlesbrough to Whitby
1 hour 27 minutes
1 hour 27 minutes
1 hour 27 minutes
Number of
trains per
hour
4 tpd Middlesbrough to
Whitby
4 tpd Middlesbrough to Whitby
Tees Valley Metro project

may raise frequency
between Middlesbrough
and Nunthorpe
considerably
Nunthorpe
Nunthorpe
4 tpd Pickering to Whitby
Notes
3 tpd Pickering to Whitby
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
As per forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight Network
plan

plan
Approximately 5 freight trains

per annum use this route

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes
59

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Nunthorpe
Signal Box
Refurbishment
Signal box
refurbishment
MBW1
2013
Signal box
refurbishment
58
Notes
Status
In development

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Middlesbrough
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
DSN2,
MBW1
2016
Signalling upgrade
Notes
Status
In development
59
SRS G.16 - Northallerton - Stockton Cut Junction

This 16 mile non-electrified secondary route consists of two track railway throughout its length, except at
Northallerton there are two tracks connecting it the East Coast Main Line (ECML) and Northallerton station
and a further two tracks known as the Longlands Loop connecting it to the ECML south of the station at
Longlands Junction forming an avoiding line around the station.
At the northern end, this line connects with the line from Darlington at Eaglescliffe South Junction and at
Stockton Cut Junction with a line towards Stockton and that to Middlesbrough. It has no freight facilities apart
from sidings at Northallerton and Eaglescliffe which are largely used for engineers purposes.
There are two stations; that at Yarm consists of two platforms whilst Eaglescliffe consists of a single island
platform with two faces, facilitating interchange. The passenger service over the Northallerton Eaglescliffe
section consists of an hourly First TransPennine service between Middlesbrough and Manchester Airport via
York and Leeds and four Grand Central trains each way per day between Sunderland and London Kings
Cross. Between Eaglescliffe and Stockton Cut Junction there are additionally the Northern Rail services in
the Darlington Saltburn corridor, generally at a frequency of two trains each way per hour. There are
substantial freight operations throughout, as the line forms a key link between the ECML and the numerous
freight facilities on Teesside.
60

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN627: Northallerton to Stockton Cut Junction
Section start
Section end
Stockton Cut Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W10
W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
TCB

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
Predominantly 70mph
Predominantly 70mph

this route
Electrification
None
None
This route has been

identified as a further option
in the Electrification RUS
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Northallerton to Eaglescliffe
Northallerton to Eaglescliffe
18 minutes
18 minutes
Introduction of IEP
coupled with
implementation of
infrastructure
interventions can be
expected to provide
some improvement
Number
of trains
per
hour
1tph Manchester Airport to

Middlesbrough

Middlesbrough

Middlesbrough
2tph (3 peak) Darlington to



4tpd LDHS Kings Cross to

Sunderland

Sunderland

Sunderland
61
Notes
Tees Valley Metro

project aspires to
increase the
frequency of
Darlington to
Middlesbrough
service to 4tph
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
18

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network
plan
Busiest section is Eaglescliffe

to Stockton Cut Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes
22

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Romanby Road
MCB(CCTV) Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV)
level crossing
LLP2
2012
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Teesport W10 &

W12 gauge
clearance
Gauge
clearance from
Teesport to
the ECML and
other North
East lines
DSN1/2,
LEN3
2014
Accommodate the
container traffic and
swapbody traffic and
provide diversionary
capability for such
traffic using the
ECML
In development
62
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Low Gates
MCB Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB level
crossing
LEN3
2016
Full renewal of MCB

level crossing
In development
Bowesfield
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
LEN3,
DSN2,
BOH
2018
Upgraded signalling
In development
Eaglescliffe
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
LEN3,
DSN1
2019
Upgraded signalling
In development
IEP
development/
enabling
works
Infrastructure
works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
LEN3
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
IEP diversionary
route
Status
In development
63
SRS G.17 - Stockton Cut Junction - Newcastle

This 43-mile secondary route consists of two track railway virtually throughout its length. It includes a 3-mile
branch from Sunderland to South Hylton which is used only by Tyne & Wear Metro trains. It is non-electrified
except for the South Hylton Sunderland Pelaw section which is electrified on the 1,500v DC OHL system
of the Tyne & Wear Metro.
The line intersects at the south end with the Stockton Cut Middlesbrough line at Bowesfield Junction and
with the Stillington branch at Norton-on-Tees South and Norton-on-Tees East Junctions. At the northern
end, it interfaces with the Tyne & Wear Metro network at Pelaw and with the East Coast Main Line (ECML)
at Newcastle. There is also a connection to the currently disused Leamside route at Pelaw.
A diversity of markets is served by this line. Operating over almost the entire length is the generally hourly
Northern Rail service between Middlesbrough and Hexham via Newcastle. Additionally there are four long
distance high speed (LDHS) services operated by Grand Central from Sunderland southwards to London
Kings Cross and between South Hylton and Pelaw high frequency Tyne & Wear Metro services. At Pelaw,
the Metro trains leave Network Rail infrastructure and continue their journey on the Metros own dedicated
network. There is also considerable freight traffic.
There are 18 stations on the route, of which ten are small stations with two platforms served only by Metro
trains. Stockton, Seaton Carew and Seaham are two-platform stations, Billingham is a single island platform
with two faces and Hartlepool consists of a single platform on the down line signalled reversibly plus a southfacing bay platform; these stations are served by heavy rail trains only. South Hylton is a single platform
64
used only by Metro trains, whilst Sunderland consists of a long, subsurface island platform with two faces
each divided into two sections allowing use by both Metro and heavy rail services. Heworth station has four
platforms, two of which are on Network Rail infrastructure and two on Metro infrastructure, providing
interchange between Northern Rail and Metro services.
The line has numerous connections to freight facilities. At Stockton, there is a connection at Oxbridge sidings
to a scrap metal recycling yard, whilst at Billingham Junction the freight branch to Haverton Hill and Seal
Sands diverges, serving numerous, mainly petrochemical, terminals. At Greatham, there is a steelworks
connection and at Seaton Snook Junction a branch line connects to Hartlepool power station. Arising from
the proximity of the line to the coast there are several dock connections namely to Hartlepool Docks,
Seaham Harbour, Port of Sunderland and Tyne Dock. Tyne Dock in particular has tended to see strong
growth in recent times. There is a branch line to an oil terminal at Jarrow.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN627: Stockton Cut Junction to Newcastle
Section start
Section end
Newcastle East Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
8 (except 5 across
Newcastle High Level
Bridge)
8 (except 5 across
Newcastle High
Level Bridge)
8 (except 5 across
Newcastle High Level
Bridge)
Gauge
W8 (except W6 Norton
East Junction to
Boldon Junctions)
W10
W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except
Absolute Block (AB)
around Norton-onTees Junctions and
Billingham
TCB
TCB
Speed
Predominantly 60mph
south of Sunderland;
varies between 40mph
and 70mph thereafter
Predominantly 60mph
south of Sunderland;
varies between 40mph
and 70mph thereafter
There is some potential

for linespeed
improvements on this
route
Electrification
None (except 1,500V

DC OHL from South
Hylton to Pelaw Metro
Junction)
None (except 1,500V

DC OHL from South
Hylton to Pelaw Metro
Junction)
The route between

Stockton Cut Junction and
Sunderland has been
identified as a further
option in the Electrification
RUS
65
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Journey
and typical
journey
time
Thornaby to Newcastle
Thornaby to Newcastle
1 hour 15 minutes
1 hour 15 minutes

for linespeed
route
Number of
trains per
hour
1 tph Middlesbrough to
Newcastle
Newcastle
Newcastle
4tph South Hylton to

Newcastle Airport

Newcastle Airport

Newcastle Airport
4tpd LDHS Kings Cross

to Sunderland
4tpd LDHS Kings Cross

to Sunderland
4tpd LDHS Kings

Cross to Sunderland

aspires to increase the
frequency of Hartlepool to
Middlesbrough/Nunthorpe
service to 4tph
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network
plan
Busiest section is Hartburn

Junction to Norton South
Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
12
66
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Darlington
Saltburn service
improvements
(Tees Valley
Transport
Solutions)
Capacity and
line speed
schemes and
new stations to
better serve
existing
locations and
new
development
sites
DSN1/2/3,
LEN3
2014
Doubling of local train

frequency and
improved journey
times and
performance
In development
Teesport W10 &

W12 gauge
clearance
Gauge
clearance from
Teesport to the
ECML and
other North
East lines
DSN1/2,
LEN3
2014
Accommodate the
capability for such
traffic using the
ECML
In development
Billingham-onTees MGB
Renewal
Full renewal of
MGB level
crossing
LEN3
2014
Full renewal of MGB

level crossing
In development

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Ferryhill
Newcastle
capacity
(possible
Leamside Line
Reinstatement)
Reinstatement of
the route from
Ferryhill Junction to
Pelaw Junction
FEP,
ECM5,
LEN3
2018
Provision of an
alternative freight
route between
Ferryhill and
Newcastle, with the
possibility of future
passenger services
In development
Pelaw
Recontrol
Signalling transfer of
control
FEP,
LEN3,
JAW2
2018
Signalling transfer
of control
In development
67
Notes
Status
Ryhope
Grange
mechanical
locking
refurbishment
Refurbishment of
mechanical locking
HNB,
LEN3
2019
Refurbishment of
mechanical locking
In development
Norton-on-Tees
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
LEN3
2019
Upgraded
signalling
In development
IEP
development/
enabling
works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
LEN3
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
68
SRS G.18 - Darlington - Eaglescliffe South Junction

This eight mile section of non-electrified secondary route leaves the East Coast Main Line (ECML) by a
single lead connection at Darlington South Junction. It is double track throughout with three stations at
Dinsdale, Teesside Airport and Allens West each of which consists of two platforms. There is a private siding
at Maidendale (between Darlington and Dinsdale) and a disused freight siding at Allens West.
The route forms a key link for passenger and freight services between the ECML at Darlington and
Teesside. The passenger service consists of two stopping trains each way per hour operated by Northern
Rail, some of which extend to/from Bishop Auckland. Very few trains stop at Teesside Airport due to low
demand.
Together with the line onwards to Middlesbrough and Saltburn the line is the subject of proposals for Tees
Valley Metro, which would potentially see infrastructure improvements leading to improved train service
performance and frequency, as well as new stations.
69

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN631: Darlington to Eaglescliffe South Junction
Section start
Darlington South Junction
Section end
Eaglescliffe South Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
TCB
TCB
Speed

60mph

60mph

for linespeed
route
Electrification
None
None
None
Notes
Journey and
typical
journey time
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Darlington to
Eaglescliffe
Darlington to Eaglescliffe

for linespeed
route
The Tees Valley Metro

project aspires to
increase linespeeds on
this SRS in order to
reduce journey times
between Darlington and
Saltburn to 48 minutes
(from the current 53)
2tph (3 peak)
Darlington to

frequency of Darlington
to Middlesbrough service
to 4tph
14 minutes
14 minutes
Number of
trains per
hour
2tph (3 peak) Darlington

to

to
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years

Strategic Freight
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
70
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
Notes
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Darlington
Saltburn
service
improvements
(Tees Valley
Transport
Solutions)
Capacity and line

speed schemes
and new stations
to better serve
existing locations
and new
development
sites
DSN1/2/3,
LEN3
2014

frequency and improved
journey times and
performance
Third party
scheme
In development
Urlay Nook
MGB
Renewal
Full MGB level

crossing renewal
DSN1
2014
Full MGB level crossing

renewal
In development
Teesport
W10 & W12
gauge
clearance
Gauge clearance
from Teesport to
the ECML and
other North East
lines
DSN1/2,
LEN3
2014
Accommodate the
capability for such traffic
using the ECML
In development

71
SRS G.19 - Stockton Cut Junction - Saltburn

This non-electrified secondary route extends for approximately 19 miles via Middlesbrough to its terminal
point at Saltburn. It is a two track railway for much of its length with additional goods lines in the Thornaby
Middlesbrough Whitehouse and South Bank Lackenby corridors. There is a large marshalling yard and
locomotive depot complex at Tees Yard, now partly disused and subject to rationalisation proposals,
numerous private siding facilities between Middlesbrough and Redcar predominantly serving the steel and
chemical industries, together with some smaller passenger and freight sidings adjacent to Middlesbrough
station. A connection exists at Grangetown into Tees Dock. There is a down loop at Redcar and a small
sidings complex at Saltburn, the latter mainly used in connection with charter trains and engineering traffic.
The passenger branch line to Whitby diverges at Guisborough Junction (near Middlesbrough) and the freight
branch to Carlin How diverges at Saltburn West Junction. The latter serves a steelworks at Crag Hall and a
potash mine at Carlin How. The line is owned and operated by Network Rail for the first seven miles to Crag
Hall but beyond that is a private railway controlled by the potash mining company.
The line has nine passenger stations, most of which consist of two platforms. Thornaby has a single island
platform with two faces, facilitating easy interchange. Middlesbrough has additional flexibility in the form of
reversible working and multiple platform occupation, whilst Saltburn consists of two terminal bays.
The heaviest used section of the route is between Stockton Cut Junction and Middlesbrough, since this
accommodates heavy freight traffic to and from the Teesside industrial and port area, the Northern Rail
passenger services between Darlington and Saltburn and between Hexham/Newcastle and Middlesbrough,
plus the hourly First TransPennine service between Middlesbrough and Manchester Airport via
72
Northallerton. Between Middlesbrough and Guisborough Junction the line also accommodates the trains
to/from the Whitby branch. Beyond Redcar Ore Terminal Junction traffic becomes lighter, being confined to
two passenger trains per hour on the Darlington Saltburn service and freight traffic for Crag Hall and Carlin
How.
As described for SRS G.18, the line is the subject of proposals for Tees Valley Metro which envisage
upgrading of the local passenger train service.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN632: Stockton Cut Junction to Saltburn
Section start
Section end
Saltburn Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W9/W10 from
to Teesport, W8
thereafter
W9/W10 from Stockton

Cut Junction to
Teesport, W8 thereafter
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except for
Absolute Block (AB)
around Redcar East
TCB
TCB
Speed
Generally 55mph or
60mph
Generally 55mph or
60mph

for linespeed
route
Electrification
None
None
The route from

to Middlesbrough has
been identified as a
further option in the
Electrification RUS
Notes
LN644: Hartburn Curve
73
Route from Stockton Cut

Junction to Middlesbrough
may be covered by ERTMS
within 30 years

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Eaglescliffe to Saltburn
Eaglescliffe to Saltburn
41 minutes
41 minutes

this route
The Tees Valley Metro

project aspires to increase
linespeeds on this SRS in
order to reduce journey
times between Darlington
and Saltburn to 48 minutes
(from the current 53)
Number
of trains
per
hour

to
2tph (3 peak)
Darlington to

1tph Manchester Airport

to Middlesbrough
1tph Manchester
Airport to
Middlesbrough

frequency of Darlington to
service to 4tph
1tph Middlesbrough to
Newcastle

Middlesbrough
Newcastle
Newcastle
Possible IEP services from

Kings Cross to
Middlesbrough
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
19

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network
plan
Busiest section is
Whitehouse Junction to
South Bank Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
74
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Darlington
Saltburn service
improvements
(Tees Valley
Transport
Solutions)
Capacity and
line speed
schemes and
new stations
to better serve
existing
locations and
new
development
sites
DSN1/2/3,
LEN3
2014

frequency and
improved journey
times and
performance
In development
Teesport W10 &

W12 gauge
clearance
Gauge
clearance
from Teesport
to the ECML
and other
North East
lines
DSN1/2,
LEN3
2014
Accommodate the
capability for such
traffic using the
ECML
In development

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Middlesbrough Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
DSN2,
MBW1
2016
Signalling upgrade
In development
Tees Yard Modular

Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
DSN2,
TSY
2017
Signalling upgrade
In development
Crag Hall Modular

Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
SSK1
2017
Signalling upgrade
In development
Saltburn West Junction

Modular Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
DSN2
2017
Signalling upgrade
In development
75
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Redcar Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
DSN2
2018
Signalling upgrade
In development
Todd Point Modular

Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
DSN2
2019
Signalling upgrade
In development
IEP development/
enabling works
Infrastructure
works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
DSN2
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
76
SRS G.20 - Doncaster Lincoln

This 33-mile double track non-electrified secondary route forms the northern part of the GN & GE Joint Line
which in total extends from Peterborough via Spalding and Lincoln to Doncaster Flyover Junction. It
intersects at Trent West Junction with the line to Retford and Sheffield, at Gainsborough Trent Junction with
the line to Barnetby via Brigg and, at the Lincoln end, at West Holmes Junction with the line from Newark to
Wrawby Junction. There is also a single-track connection near Lincoln from Pyewipe Junction to Boultham
Junction giving a direct link towards Newark avoiding Lincoln station.
The line is served throughout by East Midlands Trains services operating on the Doncaster Lincoln
Peterborough axis at a frequency of five trains each way per day. Between Lincoln and Gainsborough these
are joined by Northern Rails generally hourly service between Lincoln and Sheffield. There is also freight
traffic, again predominantly in the Lincoln Gainsborough corridor, including that associated with the power
station at West Burton.
There are two stations at Saxilby and Gainsborough Lea Road, each consisting of two platforms, a small
freight siding complex at Gainsborough serving an oil terminal an up and down goods loop at Beckingham
(currently disused) and some freight sidings at Walkeringham.
An aspiration exists for a new station at Finningley to serve Robin Hood Airport Doncaster Sheffield
(RHADS) but to attract substantial traffic it would be likely to require a significant increase in the present
77
service level of five trains per day which in turn potentially raises issues about pathing and capacity at
Doncaster.
The entire GN/GE Joint Line between Peterborough, Doncaster and Lincoln is currently the subject of an
upgrading scheme which will address various capacity, linespeed and loading gauge issues allowing the
route to be used as an alternative to the ECML for freight traffic.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN170: Doncaster to Lincoln
Section start
Black Carr Junction
Section end
West Holmes Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
10
10
Gauge
W8 (except W9
Gainsborough Lea
Road to Pyewipe
Junction)
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except
Absolute Block (AB)
Beckingham to Saxilby
TCB
TCB
Speed
Predominantly 75mph
Predominantly 75mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Doncaster to Lincoln
Journey time will be

reduced as a result of
linespeed increase
due to GN/GE project

reduced as a result
of linespeed
increase due to
GN/GE project
Number of
trains per
hour
1tph Sheffield to Lincoln
1tph Sheffield to
Lincoln
1tph Sheffield to
Lincoln
5+ tpd Doncaster to
Lincoln
5+ tpd Doncaster to
Lincoln
51 minutes
5tpd Doncaster to Lincoln
78
Notes
It may be possible to
increase passenger
services following the
infrastructure improvements
brought about by the
GN/GE project
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per
forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight
Network
plan
Pyewipe Junction to
Gainsborough Trent
Junctions is busiest section

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes
28

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Stow Park MGW

Renewal
Full renewal of
MGW level
crossing
SPD3
2013
Full renewal of MGW

level crossing
In development
Capacity relief
Peterborough to
Doncaster
Enhancement
of the GN/GE
Joint Line via
Spalding and
Lincoln
WEB,
SPD1/2/3/4
2014
Increased capacity
and improved
performance, plus 7
Day Railway
opportunities
In development
GN/GE (Pyewipe
Junction to
Doncaster) gauge
clearance
Increase
gauge at
northern end
of GN/GE line
to W10 (as per
previous 3rd
party project)
BHP,
SPD3/4
2014
Improved freight
capacity; new
diversionary route
In development
79
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Stow Park Modular

Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
SPD3
2016
Signalling
upgrade
In development
Saxilby Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
SPD3
2018
Signalling
upgrade
In development
Gainsborough Trent
Junction Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
MAC3,
SPD3/4
2019
Signalling
upgrade
In development
IEP development/
enabling works
Infrastructure
works to
accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
SPD3/4
2019
Ability to
accommodate
IEP services
In development
80
SRS G.21 - Newark - Wrawby Junction

This 46-mile non-electrified secondary route consists of two tracks almost throughout its length. There is a
short four-track section between West Holmes and East Holmes Junctions and another through Lincoln
station. The line interfaces end-on at Newark with the Newark Nottingham line and there is also a single
tack spur providing at connection with the East Coast Main Line (ECML) at Newark Northgate. At Lincoln,
there are interfaces with the GN & GE Joint Line both towards Peterborough and towards Doncaster whilst
at Wrawby Junction this line joins with those from Doncaster via Scunthorpe and from Gainsborough via
Brigg.
The train service is most intensive at over the Lincoln Newark section, where there is an hourly passenger
train service between Lincoln and Nottingham, together with the broadly two-hourly Newark Northgate
Grimsby via Market Rasen service plus with two long distance high speed (LDHS) services each way
to/from London. Within the Lincoln station area there are additionally the GN/GE Joint Line services, but
beyond Lincoln the passenger service consists only of the Newark Grimsby service. There are freight
operations throughout reflecting that this route is a link from the intensively used port complex at Immingham
to terminals in the Midlands.
There are stations at Collingham, Swinderby, Hykeham, Lincoln and Market Rasen which consist of two
platforms apart from Lincoln which has three through platforms and two bays facing towards
Grimsby/Spalding. There are listed station buildings at Lincoln and Market Rasen; the former adjoins a
Conservation Area. A private siding exists for petroleum traffic at Welton and an engineers siding at
Wickenby. There are few other features of note, although the line has a large number of level crossings as a
result of the largely flat land through which it passes.
81

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN206: Newark to Lincoln
Section start
Newark North Gate Station
Section end
Wrawby Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
8 (except 10 between
West Holmes
Junction and Pelham
Junction)
8 (except 10 between
West Holmes Junction
and Pelham Junction)
Gauge
W7 (Newark North
Gate to West Holmes
Junction), W8 (West
Holmes Junction to
Wrawby Junction)
W9/W10 (Newark
North Gate to Pelham
Junction), W8 (Pelham
Junction to Wrawby
Junction)
W9/W10 (Newark North

Gate to Pelham
Junction), W8 (Pelham
Junction to Wrawby
Junction)
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB) from Newark to
Langworth SB;
Absolute Block (AB)
thereafter
Track Circuit Block

Langworth SB;
Absolute Block (AB)
thereafter
Track Circuit Block

Langworth SB;
Absolute Block (AB)
thereafter
Speed
from Newark to
Lincoln; predominantly
75mph from Lincoln to
Wrawby Junction
from Newark to
Lincoln; predominantly
75mph from Lincoln to
Wrawby Junction

for linespeed
route
Electrification
None
None
The route between

Newark and Lincoln has
been identified as a
further option in the
Electrification RUS
Notes
LN200: Lincoln to Wrawby Junction

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Newark North Gate to

Barnetby
Newark North Gate to

Barnetby
1 hour 5 minutes
1 hour 5 minutes

for linespeed
route
Number
of trains
per
hour
1tph Leicester/
Nottingham to Lincoln
1-2tph Leicester/
2tph Leicester/
1tph Grimsby/Lincoln to
Newark North Gate (7tpd
Lincoln to Grimsby)
Lincoln to Grimsby)
Lincoln to Grimsby)
82
Notes
If Newark Flat Crossing is

replaced with a bridge it
may be possible to
double the service
frequency between
Lincoln and Nottingham
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
12

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per forecasts
in the Strategic
Freight Network
plan
Busiest section is Pelham

Street Junction to West
Holmes Junction

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
26
User:
50
Notes
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Thorpe-on-theHill AHBC
Renewal
Full renewal of AHB

level crossing
NOB1
2014
Full renewal of AHB

level crossing
In development
Newark to
Lincoln Level
Crossing
Closure or
Risk Mitigation
Closure or risk
mitigation measures at
level crossings that will
become a high risk
with an increase in
train movements
NOB1
2014
Increased capacity,
improved safety and
performance
In development
83
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Newark to
Doncaster via
Gainsborough
W10 Gauge
Clearance
W10 Gauge
clearance of the
route between
Newark,
Gainsborough and
Doncaster in
connection with
port developments
at Felixstowe and
Bathside Bay
NOB1
2015
To accommodate
the carriage of
deep sea container
traffic as an
alternative route to
the East Coast
Main Line between
Newark and
Doncaster
In development
South Scarle
AHBC Renewal
Full renewal of
AHB level crossing
NOB1
2015
Full renewal of
AHB level crossing
In development
Brayford
MCB(CCTV)
Renewal
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
SPD3
2017
Full renewal of
MCB(CCTV) level
crossing
In development
Newark Flyover
Replacement of
Newark Flat
Crossing with a
bridge carrying the
Nottingham &
Lincoln line over
the ECML
ECM1,
NOB1,
NSE
2018
Improved
performance,
reduced journey
times and reduced
fuel consumption
on the ECML;
improved
performance and
increased capacity
on the Nottingham
& Lincoln line
In development
Collingham &
Swinderby
AHBC
Renewals
Full renewal of
AHB level
crossings
NOB1
2018
Full renewal of
AHB level
crossings
In development
Eagle
Barnsdale and
Eagle & Thorpe
AHBC
Renewals
Full renewal of
AHB level
crossings
NOB1
2019
Full renewal of
AHB level
crossings
In development
Crankley Point
UWC Renewal
Full renewal of
UWC level crossing
NOB1
2019
Full renewal of
UWC level
crossing
In development
84
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
IEP
development/
enabling
works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
NOB1/2,
BHP
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
Notes
Status
In development
85
SRS G.22 - Gainsborough - Wrawby Junction

This 21 mile rural route consists of a mixture of single and double track. The double track runs from
Gainsborough Trent Junction to a point approximately one mile east of Gainsborough Central station and
from Kirton Lime Sidings signal box to Brigg; there is also a passing loop at Northorpe.
The line is predominantly used by freight traffic and was recently the subject of a major upgrade programme
to provide a fully effective additional link westwards from Immingham to relieve pressure on the alternative
routes via Scunthorpe and via Market Rasen. The passenger service is limited to three trains each way on
Saturdays only between Cleethorpes and Sheffield.
There are three stations, at Gainsborough Central, Kirton Lindsey and Brigg. Kirton Lindsey has a single
platform whilst the others have two platforms. There are no freight sidings/terminals on this line which serves
the freight markets only by providing a through route.
86

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN736: Gainsborough to Wrawby Junction
Section start
Gainsborough Trent East Junction
Section end
Wrawby Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except
Absolute Block (AB)
around Brigg and
Gainsborough Central
stations
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except
Absolute Block (AB)
around Brigg and
stations
Track Circuit Block

(TCB), except Absolute
Block (AB) around
Brigg and
stations
Speed
Electrification
None
None
None
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Gainsborough Central to
Barnetby
to Barnetby
Gainsborough
Central to Barnetby
36 minutes
36 minutes
36 minutes
Number of
trains per
hour
Saturday only: 3tpd

Cleethorpes to Sheffield
Saturday only: 3tpd

Cleethorpes to
Sheffield
Saturday only: 3tpd

Cleethorpes to
Sheffield
87
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
21

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per forecasts
in the Strategic
Freight Network
plan
Gainsborough Central to
Kirton Lime Sidings is
busiest section

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes
12


Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Brigg MGL
Renewal
Full renewal of MGL

level crossing
MAC3
2015
Full renewal of MGL

level crossing
In development
Gainsborough
Central Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
MAC3
2019
Signalling upgrade
In development
88
SRS G.23 - Lincoln - Werrington Junction

This 51-mile secondary route consists of non-electrified double track throughout its length. It connects with
the East Coast Main Line (ECML) at Werrington Junction, with single track spurs leading to Sleaford station
at Sleaford South and Sleaford North Junctions, and at Lincoln with the line from Wrawby Junction (see SRS
G.21). It forms the southern part of the GN/GE Joint Line (see SRS G.20).
The passenger service consists of a broadly hourly local stopping service, restricted to a relatively short
operating day between Spalding and Sleaford due to the fact that over that section the signal boxes are
staffed on a single shift basis to contain costs. There is very limited freight usage.
There are stations at Spalding, Ruskington and Metheringham, each of which has two platforms. One
platform at Spalding station is signalled reversibly, allowing terminating trains in the early morning and
evening from/to Peterborough to turn back without the need to shunt from down line to up line and giving
easier passenger access.
All passenger trains in normal working use the spurs to reach Sleaford station and as a result the direct route
avoiding the station is currently out of use on the down line. There are no freight sidings/terminals on the
route apart from a small complex of sidings at Spalding which normally are used only for engineers trains or
on-track machines. However, there is a proposal to create a major rail-linked distribution hub for food
products on which discussions continue with stakeholders.
As with the Doncaster Lincoln portion of the GN/GE Joint Line, this route is currently the subject of a major
upgrade programme as described under SRS G.20 and this will also address such issues as single shift
89
signalling and the short section of down line out of use as part of creating a viable all-day alternative route to
the ECML for freight traffic whilst maintaining fully the present passenger capability.
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN170: Lincoln to Werrington Junction
Section start
Pelham Street Junction
Section end
Werrington Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
10
10
Gauge
W8
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Predominantly
Absolute Block (AB)
with some Track
Circuit Block (TCB)
TCB
TCB
Speed
Predominantly 75mph
Predominantly 75mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Notes
Journey and
typical
journey time
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Peterborough to Lincoln via

Spalding and Sleaford

reduced as a result of
linespeed increase
due to GN/GE project

reduced as a result
of linespeed
increase due to
GN/GE project
13+ tpd Peterborough

to Spalding/Lincoln
13+ tpd
Peterborough to
Spalding/Lincoln
1 hour 26 minutes
Number of
trains per
hour
8 tpd Peterborough to
Lincoln via Spalding and
Sleaford
5 tpd Peterborough to
Spalding only
Notes
It may be possible to
increase passenger
services following the
infrastructure improvements
brought about by the
GN/GE project
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Strategic Freight
Network plan
As per forecasts in
the Strategic
Freight Network
plan
Sleaford North
Junction to Pelham
Street Junction is
busiest section
90

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
21
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes
58

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Gosberton Signalling
Renewals
Signalling
interlocking
renewals
SPD1
2012
Interlocking
renewal with
linespeed
increases
Under
construction
Blankney MGW
Renewal
Full renewal of
MGW level
crossing
SPD2
2013
Full renewal of
MGW level
crossing
In development
Mill Green Modular

Signalling
Installation of
modular
signalling
SPD1
2013
Signalling upgrade
In development
Capacity relief
Peterborough to
Doncaster
Enhancement
of the GN/GE
Joint Line via
Spalding and
Lincoln
WEB,
SPD1/2/3/4
2014
Increased capacity
and improved
performance, plus
7 Day Railway
opportunities
In development
91
Notes
Status

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Sleaford North
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
SNW,
SPD2
2017
Signalling upgrade
In development
Malting Lane
AHBC Renewal
Full renewal of
AHBC level
crossing
SPD1
2017
Full renewal of
AHBC level
crossing
In development
GN/GE
Southern
Access
(Werrington
Junction)
Alterations to
platform/junction
layout and/or
possible
construction of
avoiding line
ECM1,
WEB
2018
Increased capacity
for both passenger
and freight
services through
Peterborough, and
reduced journey
times for
passenger
services stopping
at Peterborough
In development
Peterborough
to GN/GE
Southern
Access
Provision of
independent access
to GN/GE Joint Line
for trains from ElyMarchPeterborough line
EMP,
ECM1,
WEB
2018
Maximisation of
capacity
In development
Folly Bank
AHBC Renewal
Full renewal of
AHBC level
crossing
WEB
2018
Full renewal of
AHBC level
crossing
In development
Blotoft Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
SPD1
2019
Signalling upgrade
In development
IEP
development/
enabling
works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
WEB,
SPD1/2/3
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
In development
92
SRS G.90 - Stillington Branch

The Stillington Branch runs for almost 11 miles from Norton Junctions (just north of Stockton) to Ferryhill
South Junction (on the ECML between Darlington and Durham). It has two tracks along its whole length. It is
normally a freight-only line, but can be used as a diversionary route for ECML passenger services between
Northallerton and Durham (thereby avoiding Darlington). There are no stations or notable facilities along its
length.
93

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN646: Norton South Junction to Ferryhill South Junction
Section start
Norton-on-Tees South Junction
Section end
Ferryhill South Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Absolute Block (AB)
Absolute Block (AB)
Absolute Block (AB)
Speed
Varies between
40mph and 50mph
Varies between
40mph and 50mph
Raise linespeed to
highest possible in
line with
infrastructure
characteristics and
stock
Electrification
None
None
None
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey and
typical
journey time
N/A
N/A
N/A
Number of
trains per
hour
N/A
N/A
N/A
94
Notes
It has been suggested that

the Stillington Branch may
be used for a faster
Middlesbrough to
Newcastle passenger
service in the long term
Number of
trains per
day*
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
Notes
10


Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Norton-on-Tees
West Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
LEN3,
STF,
NWE
2018
Signalling upgrade
IEP
development/
enabling
works
to accommodate
operation of IEP
rolling stock
STF
2019
Ability to
accommodate IEP
services
Notes
Status
In development
IEP
diversionary
route
In development
95
SRS G.91 - Blyth & Tyne Network

The Blyth & Tyne Network comprises a group of linked freight-only lines in North Tyneside and
Northumberland, with a total length of approximately 32 route miles. There is a mixture of single and double
track sections. The network intersects with the East Coast Main Line at Benton Junction, Morpeth Junction,
Morpeth North Junction, and Butterwell Junction. These lines thereby connect the ECML with the following
facilities:
Isabella Colliery in Blyth
Cambois Power Station in North Blyth
The Alcan import berth in North Blyth
Lynemouth Colliery
Alcans aluminium works at Lynemouth
96
Section 1: Benton North Junction - Earsdon Junction (BNE)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN694: Benton North Junction - Earsdon Junction
Section start
Benton North Junction
Section end
(Former) Earsdon Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
45 mph
45 mph
45 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
97
Notes
Section 2: Bedlington Junction - Woodhorn Colliery (BWC)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN702: Bedlington Junction - Woodhorn Colliery
Section start
Alcan Power Station
Section end
Bedlington Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Absolute Block (AB)
Absolute Block (AB)
Absolute Block (AB)
Speed
40 mph
40 mph
40 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
98
Notes
Section 3: Ashington Junction - Butterwell Junction (BWO1)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN700: Ashington Junction - Butterwell Junction
Section start
Ashington Junction
Section end
Signal B1
Notes
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Signals
Speed
Electrification
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

crossings on this ELR
99
Section 4: Ashington Junction - Butterwell Junction (BWO2)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN700: Ashington Junction - Butterwell Junction
Section start
Butterwell Junction
Section end
Signal B1
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

100
Section 5: Earsdon Junction - Morpeth North Junction (EJM)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN694: Earsdon Junction - Morpeth North Junction
Section start
(Former) Earsdon Junction
Section end
Morpeth North Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Mainly Track Circuit

Block (TCB) with some
Absolute Block (AB)

Absolute Block (AB)

Absolute Block (AB)
Speed
45 mph
45 mph
45 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
12
101
Notes
Section 6: Hepscott Junction - Morpeth Junction (HJM)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN696: Hepscott Junction - Morpeth Junction
Section start
Hepscott Junction
Section end
Morpeth Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
45 mph
45 mph
45 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes

Current
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
102
Notes
Section 7: Newsham North Junction - Isabella Colliery (ISC)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN704: Newsham North Junction - Isabella Colliery
Section start
Newsham North Junction
Section end
Isabella Colliery (UK Coal)
Route
availability
(RA)
Signals
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Gauge

Current
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
103
Notes
Section 8: Marchey House Junction - Winning Colliery Junction (MWJ)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN708: Marchey House Junction - Winning Colliery Junction
Section start
Marchey's House Junction
Section end
Winning Crossing Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Absolute Block (AB)
Absolute Block (AB)
Absolute Block (AB)
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes

Current
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
104
Notes
Section 9: West Sleekburn Junction - North Blyth (WSB)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN706: West Sleekburn Junction - North Blyth
Section start
West Sleekburn Junction
Section end
North Blyth (Alcan Import Berth)
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Absolute Block (AB)

with some One Train
Working (OTNS)
Absolute Block (AB)

with some One Train
Working (OTNS)
Absolute Block (AB)

with some One Train
Working (OTNS)
Speed
35 mph
35 mph
35 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
105
Notes

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Winning MGB
Renewal
Full renewal of
MGB level
crossing
WSB
2013
Full renewal of MGB level

crossing
In development
Bedlington
South Signal
Box
Refurbishment
Refurbishment
of signal box
EJM
2014
Refurbishment of signal
box
In development
Newsham
Signal Box
Refurbishment
Refurbishment
of signal box
EJM
2014
box
In development

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
North
Seaton
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
BWC
2015
Signalling upgrade
In development
Bedlington
South
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
EJM
2016
Signalling upgrade
In development
Bedlington
North
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
BWC,
EJM,
WSB
2016
Signalling upgrade
In development
North
Seaton
MCB
Renewal
Full renewal of MCB

level crossing
BWC
2018
Full renewal of MCB

level crossing
In development
106
Notes
Status

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
Marcheys
House
MCB
Renewal
Full renewal of MCB

level crossing
BWC
2018
Full renewal of MCB

level crossing
In development
Marcheys
House
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
BWC,
MWJ
2019
Signalling upgrade
In development
107
SRS G.98 - Freight Trunk Routes

This SRS consists of many unrelated freight routes, with a total length of about 45 route miles. The map and
tables below provide greater detail, but the SRS can be summarised by stating that it facilitates the following
connections:
The Durham Coast line at Boldon to Tyne Docks
The Newark to Lincoln line to the Lincoln to Doncaster line (thereby avoiding central Lincoln)
The Durham Coast line at Pelaw to Wardley Opencast Disposal and Shells facility at Jarrow
The Durham Coast line near Billingham to numerous facilities on North Teesside (including
Hartlepool Nuclear Power Station)
The Durham Coast line at Hartlepool to Hartlepool Docks
The Durham Coast line at Sunderland to Sunderland South Dock
The ECML south of Northallerton to the Northallerton to Eaglescliffe line (thereby avoiding
Northallerton station)
The Darlington to Saltburn line to DB Schenkers goods yard at Middlesbrough
The ECML south of Newcastle to the Newcastle to Carlisle line (thereby avoiding central
Newcastle)
The Durham Coast line at Pelaw to the Tyne & Wear Metro system
The ECML north of Northallerton to the Wensleydale Railway
The Darlington to Saltburn line to Boulby potash mine and Skinningrove steelworks
The Darlington to Saltburn line to ICIs facility at Wilton
The Durham Coast line at Dawdon to DB Schenker and Lafarges facilities at Seaham
108
Section 1: Boldon Colliery Junction - Green Lane Junction (BGE)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN666: Boldon Colliery Junction - Green Lane Junction
Section start
Boldon West Junction
Section end
Green Lane Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals

One Train Working
(OTS)

One Train Working
(OTS)

One Train Working
(OTS)
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates throughout
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Freight trains (trains per day)
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

109
Section 2: Boultham Junction - Pyewipe Junction (BHP)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN215: Boultham Junction - Pyewipe Junction
Section start
Boultham Junction
Section end
Pyewipe Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
10
10
Gauge
W8
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
30 mph
30 mph
30 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
110
Notes
Section 3: Boldon East Junction - Boldon North Junction (BNW)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN664: Boldon East Junction - Boldon North Junction
Section start
Boldon East Junction
Section end
Boldon North Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

111
Section 4: New Ground Sidings (Seaton Carew) (CLH1)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN627: New Ground Sidings (Seaton Carew)
Section start
Cliff House Junction
Section end
Stranton Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

112
Section 5: Leamside Line (Ferryhill to Pelaw) (FEP)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN672: Leamside Line (Ferryhill to Pelaw)
Section start
Wardley Opencast Disposal
Section end
Pelaw Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6/W7
W6/W7
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
40 mph
40 mph
70+ mph
Electrification
None
None
25kV AC OHL
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
The whole line from Ferryhill
to Pelaw may be reinstated
within 30 Years
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

113
Section 6: Green Lane - Tyne Dock (GLT)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN666: Green Lane - Tyne Dock
Section start
Green Lane Junction
Section end
Port of Tyne Authority
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

114
Section 7: Ryhope Grange Sidings (HEM)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN627: Ryhope Grange Sidings
Section start
Ryhope Grange Junction
Section end
Ryhope Grange Sidings
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

115
Section 8: Hartlepool Docks (HLD)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
Hartlepool Docks
Section start
Lancaster Road Junction
Section end
Victoria Harbour
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Signals
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

116
Section 9: Hendon Branch (Londonderry Sidings) (HNB)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN662: Hendon Branch (Londonderry Sidings)
Section start
Ryhope Grange Junction
Section end
Sunderland South Dock
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Mainly One Train

Working (OTS) with
some Track Circuit
Block (TCB)
Mainly One Train

Working (OTS) with
some Track Circuit
Block (TCB)
Mainly One Train

Working (OTS) with
some Track Circuit
Block (TCB)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
117
Notes
Section 10: Pelaw Junction - Jarrow Terminal (JAW)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN670: Pelaw Junction - Jarrow Terminal
Section start
Pelaw Junction
Section end
Jarrow Terminal
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
One Train Working

(OTN(S))
One Train Working

(OTN(S))
One Train Working

(OTN(S))
Speed
40 mph
40 mph
40 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
118
Notes
Section 11: Longland Loop Junction Northallerton East Junction (LLP)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN627: Longland Loop Junction Northallerton East Junction
Section start
Longland Loop Junction
Section end
Northallerton East Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W9/W10
W9/W10
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)

Management System
(ERTMS)
Speed
50 mph
50 mph
50 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
This route may be electrified

with 25kV AC OHL
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
119
Notes
Section 12: Low Fell Junction - Norwood Junction (NLF)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN684: Low Fell Junction - Norwood Junction
Section start
Low Fell Junction
Section end
Norwood Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W7
W7
W7
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
ERTMS
Speed
35 mph
35 mph
35 mph
Electrification
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
25kV AC OHL
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
10
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

120
Section 13: Pelaw Loops (PDL/PUL)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN629 & LN630: Pelaw Loops (PDL/PUL)
Section start
Pelaw Metro Junction
Section end
Pelaw South/North Junction
Notes
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
50 mph (Down);
50 mph (Down);
50 mph (Down);
30 mph (Up)
30 mph (Up)
30 mph (Up)
1500V DC OHL
1500V DC OHL
1500V DC OHL
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Electrification
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

121
Section 14: Billingham Junction - Port Clarence (POC1)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN652: Billingham Junction - Port Clarence
Section start
Billingham Junction
Section end
Phillips Siding Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Mainly No Signaller
Token (NST) with
some Absolute Block
(AB)
Mainly No Signaller
Token (NST) with
some Absolute Block
(AB)
Mainly No Signaller
Token (NST) with some
Absolute Block (AB)
Speed
30 mph
30 mph
30 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

122
Section 15: Billingham Junction - Port Clarence (POC2)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN652: Billingham Junction - Port Clarence
Section start
Phillips Siding Junction
Section end
Greatham Creek
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
123
Notes
Section 16: Northallerton Castle Hills Junction Redmire (REB4/RWS)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN624: Northallerton Castle Hills Junction Redmire
Section start
Redmire Reversing Line
Section end
Castle Hills Inner (West) Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Signals
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Gauge
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
124
Notes
Section 17: Seal Sands Branch (North Tees) (SES)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN652: Seal Sands Branch (North Tees)
Section start
Seal Sands Branch Junction
Section end
Seal Sands Run-Round Loop
Route
availability
(RA)
Signals
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
Speed
10 mph
10 mph
10 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Gauge
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
125
Notes
Section 18: Seaton Snook Junction - Seaton-on-Tees (SOT)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN656: Seaton Snook Junction - Seaton-on-Tees
Section start
Seaton Snook Junction
Section end
Seaton-on-Tees
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
One Train Working

(OTNS)
One Train Working

(OTNS)
One Train Working

(OTNS)
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
126
Notes
Section 19: Saltburn West Junction - Cleveland Potash (SSK)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN642: Saltburn West Junction - Cleveland Potash
Section start
Saltburn West Junction
Section end
Cleveland Potash
Route
availability
(RA)
Signals
Mainly Token Block

(TB) with some No
Signaller Token (NST)
Mainly Token Block

(TB) with some No
Mainly Token Block

(TB) with some No
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
18
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Gauge
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
13
127
Notes
Section 20: Tees Yard (TSY)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN632: Tees Yard
Section start
Thornaby East Junction
Section end
Newport East Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

128
Section 21: Wilton ICI Branch (WCI)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN638: Wilton ICI Branch
Section start
Shell Junction (Grangetown)
Section end
Huntsman Chemicals Boundary
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

129
Section 22: Dawdon Junction Seabanks (SEA)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
Dawdon Junction Seabanks
Section start
Seabanks (Seaham Harbour)
Section end
Dawdon Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Gauge
Signals
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

130

Project
Project
description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Notes
Status
North Tees
AOCL
Renewal
Full renewal of
AOCL level
crossing
POC2
2012
Full renewal of AOCL

level crossing
In development
Crag Hall
Signal Box
Refurbishment
Refurbishment
of signal box
SSK1
2014
box
In development

Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Belasis
Lane
Modular
Signalling
Installation of
modular signalling
POC1/2,
SES
2018
Signalling upgrade
Notes
Status
In development
131
SRS G.99 - Other Freight Lines

This SRS consists of several unrelated freight routes, with a total length of about 17 route miles. The map
and tables below provide greater detail, but the SRS can be summarised by stating that it facilitates the
following connections:
The East Coast Main Line (ECML) at Connington to Connington Tip
The ECML south of Peterborough to the Nene Valley Railway
The ECML south of Doncaster to Rossington Colliery
The ECML at Newcastle to Forth Banks Engineers Sidings
The ECML south of Newcastle to DB Schenkers goods yard near Birtley
132
Section 1: Connington Tip Siding (CTP)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN101: Connington Tip Siding
Section start
Woodwalton Junction
Section end
Conington Sidings
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9
W9
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
ERTMS
ERTMS
Speed
Up to 60 mph
Up to 60 mph
Up to 60 mph
Electrification
Some 25kV AC OHL
Some 25kV AC OHL
Some 25kV AC OHL
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

133
Section 2: Fletton Junction - Orton Mere (FOM)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
Line of route
description
LN130: Fletton Junction - Orton Mere
Section start
Fletton Junction
Section end
Orton Mere
+ 30 Years
Notes
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
Signals
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
One Train Working

(OTS)
Speed
10 mph
10 mph
10 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

134
Section 3: Flyover West Junction - Rossington Colliery (FWR2)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN235: Flyover West Junction - Rossington Colliery
Section start
Flyover West Junction
Section end
Rossington Colliery
Route
availability
(RA)
Signals
One Train Working

(OTNS)
One Train Working

(OTNS)
One Train Working

(OTNS)
Speed
10 mph
10 mph
10 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Gauge
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

135
Section 4: Grantham Sidings (GMS)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN101: Grantham Sidings
Section start
Grantham South Junction
Section end
Grantham Station
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9
W9
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
ERTMS
ERTMS
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
Electrification
Some 25kV AC OHL
Some 25kV AC OHL
Some 25kV AC OHL
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

136
Section 5: Newcastle West Junction Newburn (NEN)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN622: Newcastle West Junction Newburn
Section start
Newcastle West Junction
Section end
Elswick
Route
availability
(RA)
Signals
Mainly One Train

Working (OTS) with
some Track Circuit
Block (TCB)
Mainly One Train

Working (OTS) with
some Track Circuit
Block (TCB)
Mainly One Train

Working (OTS) with
some Track Circuit
Block (TCB)
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
Electrification
None
None
None
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Gauge
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

137
Section 6: Tyne Yard (TEY)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN600: Tyne Yard
Section start
Birtley Junction
Section end
Low Fell Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9
W9
Signals
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
Track Circuit Block

(TCB)
ERTMS
Speed
40 mph
40 mph
40 mph
Electrification
Some 25kV AC OHL
Some 25kV AC OHL
Some 25kV AC OHL
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Fluctuates
throughout the year
As per forecasts in
Network plan

Strategic Freight
Network plan
Notes
Number of
trains per
day*
Notes

Description
of level
crossing type

crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
level crossings
+ 30 Years
number of level
crossings
Notes
Crossing policy
As determined
by Level
Crossing policy
There are no level

138


139
SRS H.01 Leeds Holbeck Junction

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this primary urban route leads in a
westerly direction out of Leeds station in West Yorkshire, and leads to all routes serving this station except
for those south of Leeds.
It is a short section of one point four miles of route with up to six tracks serving Leeds station.
Leeds is the only station on this route managed by Network Rail, with 17 platforms (both through and
terminal) serving most local and regional destinations in Yorkshire as well as many others throughout the
UK.
140

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Leeds Holbeck Junction
Section Start
DOL2 184 miles 324 yds (Leeds), TJC3 195miles 344 yards (Leeds)
Section End
DOL2 185 miles 327 yards (Leeds), TJC3 195 miles 344 yards (Leeds)
Route
Availability
(RA)
8, 9
8, 9
10
Gauge
W8
W9,W10,W12
W9,W10,W12
Signals
Track Circuit Block all

controlled from York
Integrated Electronic
Control Centre.
Track Circuit Block all

Control Centre.
Subject to the rollout

programme of
Management System.
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 30 to 40
miles per hour (mph).
40 mph
40 mph
25kV Overhead line
25kV Overhead line
All lines electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
141
Notes
Routes towards Bradford

Interchange and Stourton
are currently electrified.
Current passenger train service level (trains per hour/day)

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Leeds Holbeck Junction 2

minutes.
Leeds Holbeck Junction 2 minutes.
Leeds Holbeck
Junction 2 minutes.
No. of
trains per
hour
Currently approximately 28 trains

per hour use the route in each
direction forming the off-peak
hours rising to about 34 in the
high-peak hours.
Changes in number of trains (passenger

services per hour):
One tph Long

Distance High
Speed Train. See
Northern RUS for
further details.
one extra peak service

between Skipton Leeds,
between Ilkley Leeds and
Doncaster Leeds per day in
each direction from December
2011
one longer train am peak

Bradford Forster Square
Leeds from December 2011
peak train lengthening

between Manchester and
Leeds and Huddersfield and
Leeds in each direction from
December 2011
additional two trains per hour

(tph) at peak times between
Horsforth Leeds in each
direction from December 2013
Changes to passenger services in CP5:
two extra inter regional

services between Manchester
Leeds per hour in each
direction by December 2016
East Coast Main Line 2011to

2016 Capacity Review 1 extra
off-peak long distance high
speed service between
London and Leeds in each
Additional one tph Bradford to

Manchester
142
Notes
lengthening of inter regional

services to 6 cars between
Manchester to Leeds in each
direction from December 2016
Further lengthening to 4 cars

of peak regional services into
Leeds in the morning peak
and out of Leeds in the
evening peak from December
2019.
(Peak is 07:00 10:00 and 16:00

19:00. High peak is 08:00 09:00 and
17:00 18:00).
Current freight trains (trains per day)
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Holbeck Junction Leeds

three in each direction
As per the Strategic Freight

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
Whitehall Junction Leeds

five in each direction
Freight traffic is subject to timetable fluctuations and is based on average number of trains.

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of Level

Crossings
+ 10 Years Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised
Crossing policy.
As determined by
Level Crossing policy.
Automatic:
User:
143
Notes
Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009-2014)

Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4
Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Leeds Station
Redevelopment
of the station and
new southern
entrance
HUL4
2013 14
Improved station
facilities,
additional footfall
capacity for
passenger
growth and
improved
access.
Notes
Status
In development
Proposed infrastructure investment in Control Period 5 (2014-2019)

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements:
New bay
platforms at
North West
end
Alterations to
platform
layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet HLOS
passenger growth and
improve capacity and
performance in Leeds
Station area
In development
Extension of
Platform 17
Leeds City
Station
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To allow additional 4 x
23m cars to terminate
on southern side of
station.
In development
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements
: New through
Platform 13/14
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet High Level

Output Specification
Station area
In development
Sheffield
Leeds
This includes
Horbury
Junction
remodelling.
TJC3, ELM
2018/19
Journey time
improvements
In development
144
SRS H.02 Leeds York (via Harrogate)

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this rural route leads in a north easterly direction from
Leeds station in West Yorkshire via Harrogate and into York.
This route consists of a section of 36 miles of route with a double track section from Leeds to Knaresborough and
a single track from Knaresborough to Cattal. It is then double track from Cattal to Hammerton for approximately
one and a half miles, before returning to a single track section for nearly five miles between Hammerton and
Poppleton. The track is double between Poppleton and the approaches to Skelton Junction near York.
This route carries local passenger traffic between Leeds and York via Harrogate, with the busiest section being
between Horsforth and Leeds at peak times.
The route contains 12 stations, 45 level crossings and one major tunnel. The route contains several major
structures: HAY1/20 Nidd Viaduct, Knaresborough, (stone construction, one span), LEH1/3 Kirkstall Viaduct
(stone construction, 23 spans) and LEH1/30 Arthington Viaduct (stone construction, 21 spans).
The major stations on this route are Harrogate and Knaresborough. Harrogate has three platforms with the
remaining stations having two platforms of varying lengths.
145

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Leeds York (via Harrogate)
Section Start
LEH1 0m 452 yds (Armley Junction), LEH2 14m 320 yds (Pannal Junction), LEH3 15m 440 yds (Crimple
Junction), HAY2 18m 1320 yds (Harrogate), HAY1 1 m 1122 yds (near Starbeck)
Section End
LEH1 14m 320 yds (Pannal Junction), LEH2 15m 440 yds (Crimple Junction), LEH3 17m 528 yds
(Harrogate), HAY2 20m 836 yds (near Starbeck), HAY1 18 m 1320 yds (Skelton Junction.)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals
Mixture of lightemitting diode and

semaphore signals.
Predominantly
absolute block with
semaphore signals
and mechanical signal
boxes and single token
exchange points
between
Knaresborough and
Poppleton.
Proposed
rationalisation of
mechanical signal
boxes between
Horsforth and
Harrogate
(exclusive) and
migration of control
to York Integrated
Electronic Control
Centre.

programme of
Management System.
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 60 miles
per hour (mph).
75 mph.
To be advised.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
146
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Leeds York via Harrogate

one hour 15 minutes.
Leeds York via Harrogate one

hour 15 minutes.
Leeds York via Harrogate one

hour 15 minutes.
No. of
trains per
hour
Leeds Knaresborough two

trains per hour with one train
per hour extending to York.
There are additional services
at peak times with up to three
trains per hour.
Extra two trains per hour at

peak times in each direction
(from December 2013)
between Horsforth and Leeds.
Reduce local stopping service

journey time to lowest possible
in line with any line speed
improvements and changes in
rolling stock.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No booked freight services.

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
12
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
32
147
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Harrogate
Horsforth
signalling
renewal
Renewal
LEH1
By
December
2012
Renewal of asset.
Under construction
Harrogate
Horsforth
Signalling
Additional
signal sections
and provision of
a turnback
siding.
LEH1
2011/12
Increased capacity to
meet HLOS
passenger growth
times through service
changes.
Under construction
Proposed infrastructure investment in Control Period 5 (2014 2019)

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Potential third
party funded
new stations.
Horsforth
Woodside New
Station
Providing new
journey
opportunities
and capacity
improvements.
LEH1
By 2019
New journey
opportunities.
Notes
Status
In development
148
SRS H.03 Leeds Skipton / Ilkley

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West. This urban electrified secondary route
carries West Yorkshire Passenger Transport Executive sponsored passenger services and freight and leads
in a north westerly direction out of Leeds to Skipton, Bradford Forster Square and Ilkley forming what is
known locally as the Leeds Triangle.
It forms a group of lines totalling approximately 50 miles of route outside the vicinity of Leeds. The majority of
track is double with the exception of the Baildon Branch and the south curve at Shipley which are single.
There is an up and down passing loop situated at Kirkstall.
A freight only route from Rylstone joins this route at Skipton (see Route Specification H.98 for further details).
The route centres on Leeds station. This station with 17 platforms (both through and terminal) is managed
by Network Rail. This station serves both local and regional destinations in Yorkshire as well as destinations
UK wide.
The route to Skipton contains eight stations (including Shipley) with the route to Ilkley containing five stations
and the route to Bradford Forster Square contains three stations (including Shipley). The route between
Guiseley and Shipley has one station. The main stations are Shipley, Keighley, Skipton, Bradford Forster
Square and Ilkley. Most stations have two platforms although Skipton has four, Shipley five, Bradford Forster
Square three and Balidon has a single platform. Two new stations are being developed on the route.
149
There are 21 level crossings and one tunnel on the route to Skipton. The route to Ilkley and the single track
route between Shipley and Guiseley contain three small tunnels each.
The route between Shipley and Guiseley contains a major structure, GUE2/12 Tong Park Viaduct consisting
of 10 brick spans.

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of Route
Description
Leeds Skipton / Ilkley
Section Start
BIB 0m 0 yds (Shipley), GUE2 0m 0 yds (Esholt Junction), ILK1 202m 66 yds (Apperley Junction), ILK2
208m 0 yds (Burley in Wharfedale), SBF 205m 1213 yds (Shipley), TJC3 195m 1203 yds (Armley
Junction, Leeds)
Section End
BIB 0m 374 yds (Shipley), GUE2 3m 894 yds (Shipley), ILK1 208m 0yds (Burley in Wharfedale), ILK2
211m 435 yds (Ilkley), SBF 208m 1085 yds (Bradford Forster Square), TJC3 221m 1496 yds (Skipton)
Route
Availability
(RA)
5 Baildon Branch
7, 8 for remainder
7, 8
7, 8
Gauge
W6, W7
W7
W7
Signals
Track circuit block.

programme of European
Rail Traffic Management
System (ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant linespeed 90
miles per hour.
90 miles per hour.
To be advised.
25kV Overhead line
25kV Overhead line
25kV Overhead line
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
150
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Leeds to Skipton: 43 minutes.
Leeds to Skipton: 43 minutes.
Leeds to Ilkley: 28 minutes.
Leeds to Ilkley: 28 minutes.
Leeds to Bradford Forster Square:

40 minutes.
Leeds to Bradford Forster

Square: 40 minutes.
Reduce local stopping

service journey time to
lowest possible in line
with linespeed
improvements and
changes in rolling
stock.
No. of
trains per
hour
Leeds to Ilkley, Leeds to Skipton,

Leeds to Bradford Forster
Square, Ilkley to Bradford
services operate on a half hourly
basis. They are supplemented by
a diesel service operating at
slightly more than two hour
frequencies beyond Skipton to
either Carlisle or
Morecambe/Lancaster.
Changes in the number of trains

per hour in passenger service:
one extra peak service

between Skipton to
Leeds, between Ilkley
to Leeds and
Doncaster to Leeds per
day in each direction
from December 2011
one longer train am

peak Bradford Forster
Square to Leeds from
December 2011
Notes
Train lengthening up to
six cars on the Skipton
to Ilkley route by
December 2024.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Three trains per day in

each direction (weekday)

Network forecasts.
As per the Strategic

Freight Network
forecasts.
Notes
*Freight traffic is subject to timetable fluctuations and is based on average number of trains.

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
Crossing policy.
Crossing policy.
Automatic:
User:
19
151
Notes

Project
Project Description
Engineeri
ng Line of
Reference
Implementation
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Skipton
additional
stabling for
Northern Rail.
Additional stabling.
TJC3
2011/12
Increased capacity
through fleet
enlargement.
In development
Shipley Line
Speed
Improvement
scheme.
Removal of Permanent
Speed Restrictions.
BIB
2011/12
Improves
performance.
In development
Platform
Extensions on
the Ilkley and
Skipton routes.
For six car trains.
TJC3, ILK1
and ILK2
2014 19
Increased capacity.
In development
Leeds Station
Redevelopment of the
station and new southern
entrance
HUL4
2013 14
Improved station
facilities, additional
footfall capacity for
passenger growth
and improved
access.
In development

Project
Project
Description
Engineering
Line of
Reference
Due
Date
Output
change
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements:
New bay
platforms at
North West end
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet
HLOS
passenger
growth and
improve
capacity and
performance
in Leeds
Station area
152
Notes
Status
In development

Project
Project
Description
Engineering
Line of
Reference
Due
Date
Output
change
Notes
Status
Extension of
Platform 17
Leeds City
Station
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To allow
additional 4 x
23m cars to
terminate on
southern
side of
station.
In development
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements :
New through
Platform 13/14
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet
High Level
Output
Specification
passenger
growth and
improve
capacity and
performance
in Leeds
Station area
In development
New stations at
Kirkstall Forge
and Apperley
Bridge
Potential new
stations at Kirkstall
Forge and Apperley
Bridge
TJC3
2014
19
Increased
capacity and
new journey
opportunities.
In development
153
SRS H.04 Leeds Halifax (via Bradford)

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this rural route leads in a west and south
westerly direction out of Leeds station in West Yorkshire, to Bramley, New Pudsey, Bradford Interchange
and Halifax and onto Greetland Junction and Milner Royd Junction on the Calder Valley Line.
A multi section of approximately 20 miles of route all double track.
This route carries West Yorkshire Passenger Transport Executive sponsored passenger services between
Leeds and Bradford/Halifax. The route also sees passenger trains to Manchester via Rochdale and from
York to Blackpool.
The route contains four stations with Bradford Interchange and Halifax being the two most significant. Both
are on the Caldervale Line. Bradford Interchange is a terminus station managed by Northern Rail and Metro.
All the stations have two platforms except Bradford Interchange with four platforms and Halifax with a single
island platform. The route contains three level crossings and eight tunnels.
The route contains several major structures, namely:
Copley Viaduct (MRB2), stone construction (23 spans)

Beacon Hill Viaduct (MRB21), stone construction (10 spans)
Bottom Hall Viaduct (MRB36), stone construction (11 spans).
154

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Leeds Halifax (via Bradford)
Section Start
LBE1 0m 44ch (Leeds), LBE2 190m 671 yds (Laisterdyke E. Junction.), LBE3 190m 1100 yds (Laisterdyke
W. Junction.), LBE4 191 660 yds (Hammerton St. Junction.), MRB 29m 462 yds Mill Lane Junction), GRD
0m 0 yds (Dryclough Junction)
Section End
LBE1 6m 1210 yds (Laisterdyke E. Junction.), LBE2 190m 1100 yds (Laisterdyke W. Junction.), LBE3
191m 660 yds (Hammerton St. Junction.), LBE4 191m 1716 yds (Mill Lane Junction.), MRB 40m 593 yds
(Milner Royd Junction.), GRD 1m 242 yds (Greatland Junction.)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals

programme of
Management System.
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 60 miles
per hour.
75 miles per hour
75 miles per hour
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
155
Notes
See Northern Hub.

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Leeds to Halifax via Bradford

Interchange, 35 minutes.
Leeds to Halifax via Bradford

Interchange, 35 minutes
No. of
trains per
hour
On the Leeds Bradford there are four

trains per hour including a Blackpool
to York train and a half hourly service
from Leeds to Manchester via
Rochdale in each direction.
Changes in number of trains per

hour in passenger services:
one longer train am peak

Bradford Forster Square
Leeds from December
2011
Additional one train per

hour Bradford Manchester
in each direction by 2019.
Notes
(Peak is 07.00 10.00 and 16:00

19.00. High-peak is 08:00 09:00
and 17:00 18:00).
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
An occasional service
between Laisterdyke and
Healey Mills.

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
As determined by the Level

Crossing policy

Crossing policy
Automatic
User
156
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output
change
Low Moor
potential new
station.
Potential new
station
MRB
2012
New journey
opportunities.
In development
Halifax
Remodelling
New
turnback
facing
East/West
Complex
remodelling
of the
station area
Various
MRB
2019/20
Improved
capacity and
performance.
In development
LBE3/
MRB
2019/20
Improved
capacity and
performance.
In development
GRD
LBE1
LBE2
LBE3
LBE4
MRB
2019
New journey
opportunities
In development
Redevelopm
ent of the
station and
new southern
entrance
HUL4
2013 14
Improved
station
facilities,
additional
footfall
capacity for
passenger
growth and
improved
access.
In development
Bradford
Remodelling
Northern Hub
through services
to Manchester
Airport.
Leeds Station
157
Notes
Status

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements:
New bay
platforms at
North West end
Alterations
to platform
layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet HLOS
Station area
In development
Extension of
Platform 17
Leeds City
Station
Alterations to
platform
layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To allow additional 4 x
23m cars to terminate on
southern side of station.
In development
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements :
New through
Platform 13/14
Alterations to
platform
layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet High Level

Station area
In development
158
SRS H.05 North Transpennine: Leeds Guide Bridge

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary route leads in a south
westerly direction out of Leeds City station in West Yorkshire, towards Huddersfield, Stalybridge and onto
Guide Bridge (traffic is via Manchester Piccadilly). This interurban corridor carries regional, inter regional,
and freight services between Yorkshire and the North West of England.
It is double track 36 mile route covering both London North Eastern (LNE) and London North Western
(LNW), with the boundary being to the west of Standedge Tunnel.
The route between Leeds (exclusive) and Thornhill Junction LNW contains five stations, whilst the
section of route from Heaton Lodge Junction to Stalybridge exclusive contains six stations.
Huddersfield station is the major station on this section of route and is managed by First TransPennine
Express. The station has eight platforms (two bays) with fast services to Manchester, Liverpool,
Leeds, Hull and to the North East. This station also serves stopping services to/from Leeds and
Wakefield Westgate and Sheffield to Penistone.
The route between Manchester and Stalybridge inclusive includes three stations of which Manchester
Victoria and Stalybridge are the most significant. Manchester Victoria station contains six platforms
serving Greater Manchester, the north west of England, Merseyside and Yorkshire. Stalybridge is
served by three platforms and is situated where the route divides towards Manchester Piccadilly and
Manchester Victoria.
Travelling east to west from Leeds sees the route climbing steadily between Morley and between
Morley and Dewsbury and between Huddersfield and Standedge Tunnel before dropping down into
159
Stalybridge. There are passenger loops at Dewsbury (Down), Huddersfield, Marsden and Diggle and
Stalybridge. The section between Thornhill Junction and Heaton Lodge Junction is three track.
The route contains five level crossings and two major tunnels.
This route excludes the section of route between Mirfield East Junction and Thornhill London North
West Junction. This is included in Route Specification H.09.
Dewsbury Viaduct (MDL1/9), stone viaduct, 11 arches
Batley Viaduct (MDL1/27), stone viaduct, 16 arches
Slaithwaite Viaduct (MVL3/61), stone and brick construction, 14 spans
Crimble Viaduct (MVL3/64), stone and brick construction, 19 spans
Milne Viaduct (Longwood) (MVL3/76), stone and brick construction, 20 spans
Huddersfield Viaduct (MVL3/92), wrought iron and stone construction, 47 spans
One grade separated junction at Heaton Lodge Junction.
There is also a Strategic Freight Site at Hillhouse on this route.
Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
North Trans Pennine: Leeds Guide Bridge
Section Start
MDL1: 32m 342 yds (Thornhill LNW Junction), MVL4: 28m 1716 yds (Bradley Junction.), MVL3: 7m 1630
yds (Stalybridge), MVN2: 37m 779 yds (Heaton Lodge Junction.), SAJ: 0m 85 yds (Ardwick)
Section End
MDL1: 42m 58 yds (Leeds), MVL4: 29m 1628 yds (Heaton Lodge Junction.), MVL3: 29m 957 yds (Bradley
Junction.), MVN2: 39m 703 yds (Mirfield East Junction), SAJ: 2m 177 yds (Stalybridge)
Route
Availability
(RA)
8, 9
Gauge
W6, W7, W8, W9
W10, W12
W10, W12
Signals

programme of
Management System.
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 80 miles
per hour.
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock.
To be advised.
Being developed under

journey time improvement
scheme and schemes being
developed within the
Northern Hub.
Not electrified.
25kV AC
electrification.
25kV AC electrification.
See Network RUS:

Electrification strategy.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
160
Notes
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Leeds Huddersfield fast 20 minutes

and slow 40 minutes
Reduce journey time to lowest

possible in line with linespeed
improvements and changes in rolling
stock, for local electric stopping
service.
To be advised.
Changes in number of trains in

passenger services per hour
To be advised.
Leeds Manchester fast 54 minutes

and slow 1 hr 23 minutes
Leeds Guide Bridge 1 hour 20
minutes
No. of
trains per
hour
Currently on the Leeds Guide

Bridge route via Manchester
Piccadilly there are mainly 4 trains
per hour in each direction for most
of the day. This corridor also carries
a number of local services operated
by Northern Rail including 1 train
per hour from Huddersfield to east
of Leeds and Manchester in each
direction. Additional services
operate during the peak times.
An hourly local service in each
direction between Wakefield
Westgate and Huddersfield travels
part of this route between
Huddersfield and Mirfield East
Junction. A further 3 trains per day
between Bradford and London
cross this route between Heaton
Lodge Junction and Mirfield East
Junction and Thornhill LNW
Junction (see Route Specification
H.09).

between Manchester
Leeds, Huddersfield
Leeds in each direction
from December 2011
Additional shuttle services

between Manchester
Stalybridge 1 train per hour
in each direction from
December 2013 (see Route
Specification H.10).
Control Period 5:
2 extra inter regional

services in each direction
between Manchester
Leeds by December 2016

Manchester Leeds in
each direction from
December 2016
Further lengthening to 4
cars of peak regional
services between
Manchester Leeds in
each direction from 2019.
161
Notes
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
6 tpd in each direction Heaton Lodge

Junction to Thornhill LNW Junction, 2 tpd
Diggle Junction to Heaton Lodge
Junction in each direction.

Freight Network
forecasts.
As per the
Strategic Freight
Network forecasts.
Freight traffic is subject to Timetable fluctuations and is based on average number of trains.

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:

Crossing policy

Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output
change
North Cross
Pennine Route
Upgrade Phase
One
Manchester to
Leeds via
Diggle journey
time
improvements
MDL1,
MVL4,
MVN2, SAJ
2013/14
Journey time
and capacity
improvements
Stalybridge
Resignalling
and Capacity
Improvements.
Renewal and
provision of a
new turnback
platform at
Stalybridge
MVL2
2012/13
Provides
improved
operational
flexibility that
allows more
efficient use
of rolling
stock.
162
Notes
Status
In development
This will
allow the
HLOS
targets to
be met
without the
need to
excessively
lengthen
platforms.
In development
Leeds Station
Redevelopment
of the station
and new
southern
entrance
HUL4
2013 14
In development
Improved
station
facilities,
additional
footfall
capacity for
passenger
growth and
improved
access.

Project
Project Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Huddersfield Leeds
and between
Huddersfield
Manchester
Platform Extensions
MDL1
MVL3
2019
Increased capacity.
In development and
under construction
Northern Hub.
Journey time and

capacity
improvements
between
Manchester Leeds
via Diggle
MDL1
MVL3
MVL4
SAJ
2014
19
Journey
time/capacity
improvements
In development
Huddersfield Station
Capacity
Improvements.
Platform alterations.
MVL3
2014
19
Platform alterations
to cater for longer
trains to meet Higher
Level Output
Specification
metrics.
In development
Additional stabling
for Northern Rail
(West Yorkshire)
Stabling for
improved Northern
Rail fleet (Hillhouse)
MVL3
2014
19
Increased capacity.
In development
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements: New
bay platforms at
North West end
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet HLOS
passenger growth
and improve
capacity and
performance in
Leeds Station area
In development
163
Notes
Status

Project
Project Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Extension of Platform
17 Leeds City Station
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To allow additional 4
x 23m cars to
terminate on
southern side of
station.
In development
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements : New
through Platform
13/14
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet High Level

passenger growth
and improve
capacity and
performance in
Leeds Station area
In development
Electrification
between Manchester
and Leeds
Provision of 25kV
Overhead line
SAJ,
MVL4,
MVL3,
MDL1
2014
Ability to operate
Electric Multiple
Units and journey
time benefits for
local electric
stopping services.
In development
164
SRS H.06 Leeds Colton Junction

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary interurban route leads in
an easterly direction out of Leeds station in West Yorkshire, to Garforth, Micklefield and then north to Church
Fenton, Ulleskelf and Colton Junction just south of the City of York.
It is multi route section of approximately 20 miles of mainly double track route with the exception of
Church Fenton to Colton Junction which is four track.
Leeds is the main station on this route, managed by Network Rail, with 17 platforms (both through and
terminal) serving both the local and regional destinations in Yorkshire as well as destinations UK wide.
The remaining stations on the route are smaller two platform stations apart from Ulleskelf which is an
island platform with two faces.
Excluding Leeds this route contains six stations and nine level crossings.
There is a train care depot located at Neville Hill. This facility is jointly operated by East Midlands
Trains (EMT) and Northern Rail (Northern) and undertakes light and heavy maintenance and stabling
and is also used by CrossCountry, East Coast Trains and Grand Central.
165

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Leeds Colton Junction.
Section Start
HUL4 20m 1100 yds (Leeds), CFM 15m 342 yds (Micklefield), NOC 10m 694 yds (Church Fenton)
Section End
HUL4 10m 1100 yds (Micklefield), CFM 10m 682 yds (Church Fenton), NOC 5m 902 yds (Colton Junction)
Route
Availability
(RA)
8, 9
Gauge
W8, W9
W10, W12
W10, W12
Signals
Track Circuit Block.

programme of
European Rail
Traffic Management
System (ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 90 miles
per hour.
100 miles per hour.
100 miles per hour.
Not electrified.
25kv AC electrification.
25kv AC
electrification.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
166
Notes
See Network RUS:

Electrification Strategy

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Average
end to
end
Journey
time
Leeds Micklefield local stopper 18 minutes, interregional service (passing train) 10 minutes
No. of
trains per
hour
Currently on the Leeds to

Micklefield route there are 7
passenger tph. Between
Micklefield and Church Fenton
there are 5 passenger tph, between
Church Fenton and Colton Junction
there are 5 tph supplemented by an
extra service every two hours.
Train lengthening up to four cars

for Local and Regional services
with up to six cars for inter regional
services operating between Leeds
York.
2 additional tph Leeds to Micklefield in

each direction.
1 additional tph Leeds to Colton

Notes
Micklefield Colton local stopper 15 minutes, interregional service (passing train) 12 minutes
1 tph Long Distance

High Speed Train.
See Northern RUS for
further details.
3 additional tph Leeds to

Micklefield in each direction.
1 additional tph Leeds to Colton

No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
4 trains per day (weekday

Leeds Church Fenton).

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
42 tpd in each direction

Church Fenton Colton
Junction).

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Notes
Supervised:
As determined by the
Automatic
User
167

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output
Change
Leeds
Station
Redevelopment
of the station
and new
southern
entrance
HUL4
2013/14
Improved
station
facilities,
additional
footfall
capacity for
passenger
growth and
improved
access.
In development
Neville Hill
S&C Renewal
HUL4
By 2013
Asset
renewal.
In development
Additional
stabling at
Neville Hill.
Stabling for
increased
Northern Rail
fleet
HUL4
By December
2011
Increased
capacity
through fleet
enlargement.
In construction
Micklefield
Junction
S&C Renewals
HUL3
2013/14
Asset
renewal.
In development
168
Notes
Status

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output Change
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements:
New bay platforms
at North West end
Alterations to
platform
layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet HLOS
passenger growth
and improve
capacity and
performance in
Leeds Station area
In development
Extension of
Platform 17 Leeds
City Station
Alterations to
platform
layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To allow additional 4
x 23m cars to
terminate on
southern side of
station.
In development
Leeds Station
Capacity
Improvements : New
through Platform
13/14
Alterations to
platform layout.
HUL4
2014
19
To meet High Level

Station area
In development
Platform extensions
between Leeds
York.
Platform
extensions
HUL4
CFM
NOC
2019
Neville Hill Layout

Improvements
Layout
alterations to
give better
depot
access/egress
HUL4
2014
16
Improved performance
In development
Freight Gauge
Enhancements:
Altolfts Junction to
Colton Junction
Provision of
W10/W11/W12
NOC
2014
19
Improved gauge
clearance.
In development
Electrification Leeds
York
Provision of
25kV
Overhead line
HUL4
CFM
NOC
2014
19
Ability to operate
Electric Multiple Units
and gives access
benefits and journey
time improvements for
electric services.
In development
Notes
To
accommodat
e longer
trains.
Status
In development
169
SRS H.07 Hull Micklefield

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary interurban route leads in a
westerly direction out of Hull, through Ferriby, Gilberdyke and Selby towards Leeds. This Route Specification
also includes Templehirst Junction to Selby South Junction, Hambleton North and South Curve, the Goods
Line between Selby West Junction and Selby Canal Junction, and the route between Gascoigne Wood
Junction and Sherburn Junction. The freight only Hull Docks branch line diverges from the Micklefield to Hull
routes at Hessle Road Junction.
This is a multi route section of approximately 96 miles of mainly double track route with the exception of
Selby West Junction to Selby Canal Junction (single track Goods Line), Hambleton East Junction to
Hambleton North Junction. Sherburn Junction to Gascoigne Wood is double track but with a single track
lead approaching Gascoigne Wood Junction. The route contains eleven railway stations with Hull and Selby
being the two most significant on this route. Hull station is managed by First TransPennine Express (TPE)
and has seven platforms, with East Coast and First Hull Trains offering a service to London, TPE to Leeds,
Manchester and Liverpool and Northern Rail to Bridlington/Scarborough, Doncaster, Sheffield, York and
local destinations. Selby station is also managed by TPE and has three platforms
The Potter Group operate a freight terminal at Selby and is accessed by a connection just prior to Barlby
North Junction, and sees daily rail services bringing freight from across the UK and mainland Europe to
Selby for storage or distribution by road. There is also a Train Maintenance Depot at Hull Botanic Gardens
located approximately a mile north east of Hull station for stabling, servicing and heavy maintenance of the
Northern Rail, TPE and Hull Trains vehicle fleets.
170
The route contains 87 level crossings and a major structure, namely Selby Swing Bridge at HUL2/25, a
wrought iron bridge consisting of five spans.
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Line of Route
Description
Hull Micklefield
Section Start
HBS 0m 550 yds (Hull), HNC 3m 748 yds (Hambleton), HSC 174m 220 yds (Hambleton), HUL1 0m 0 yds
(Hull), HUL2 30m 880 yds (Selby), HUL3 0. 0 yds (Selby), SEC 0 m 0 yds (Selby), SHG 13m 418 yds
(Sherburn Junction), TCW1 169m 352 yds (Templehirst Junction)
Section End
HBS 0m 1290 yds (Hull), HNC 4m 00 yds (Hambleton), HSC 175m 726 yds (Hambleton), HUL1 30m 880
yds (Barlby), HUL2 31m 264 yds (Selby), HUL3 10m 1100 yds (Selby), SEC 0m 726 yds (Selby), SHG
14m 748 yds (Gascoigne Wood Junction), TCW1 174m 242 yds (Selby)
Route
Availability
(RA)
8, 9, 10
8 Micklefield Gascoigne
Wood (6 miles 27chains), 10
for remainder of route,
remove Heavy Axle Weight
restrictions.
8 Micklefield Gascoigne
Wood (6 miles 27chains), 10
for remainder of route,
remove Heavy Axle Weight
restrictions.
Gauge
W6, W8, W9
W9, W10, W12
W9, W10, W12
Signals
Mixture of Track Circuit

Block and Absolute Block.

Block and Absolute Block.

programme of European Rail
Traffic Management System
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant linespeed
90 miles per hour (mph)
100 mph
100 mph
Not electrified.
25kV Electrification.
25kV Electrification.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
171
Electrification
of this route
is an option
in the
Electrification
Programme.
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
No. of
trains per
hour
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Hull Selby local stopper

40 minutes, interregional 30
minutes.
Hull Selby local stopper

40 minutes, interregional 30
minutes.
Selby Micklefield local

stopper 17 minutes,
interregional (passing train)
13 minutes.
Selby Micklefield local

stopper 17 minutes,
interregional (passing train)
13 minutes.
Reduce local stopping

service journey time to
lowest possible in line with
linespeed improvements
and changes in rolling
stock, potential for local
electric service.
Selby Templehirst
Junction interregional
(passing train) 9 minutes.
Selby Templehirst
Junction interregional
(passing train) 9 minutes.
Hull Gilberdyke Junction

three trains per hour (tph) in
each direction plus eight
trains per day (tpd) in each
direction.
One train extra

(interregional train) per
hour to Selby or/and Hull
in each direction by
December 2016.
Gilberdyke Junction Selby

two tph in each direction
1 tph to London via

Hambleton in each
direction.
Notes
To be advised.
Selby Micklefield two tph

off-peak in each direction,
four tph peak in each
direction.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Hambleton South Junction

Hambleton West
Junction: 29 tpd in each
direction (weekday), mainly
services to Drax,
Eggborough and
Ferrybridge Power
Stations.

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
172
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
19
Crossing Policy
Crossing Policy
Automatic:
User:
60
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output
change
Additional
stabling for
Northern Rail.
HUL1
2011
Increased
capacity
through fleet
capacity.
In construction
Hull to
Micklefield
Journey Time
improvement.
Journey Time
Improvements
HUL1,
HUL3 and
TCW1
2014
Journey Time
Improvements
In development
Micklefield
Junction
S&C
Renewals
HUL3
2013/14
Asset renewal
In development
Hull Botanical
Gardens
Depot
173
Notes
Status

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Micklefield
Station
Relocated
New station with

single turnback
facility.
HUL3
2014
2019
Increased capacity,
some new journey
opportunities.
In development
Platform
extensions
To accommodate
longer trains.
HUL3
2014
2019
Platform extensions at
South Milford (Down
and Up)
In development
Ferriby
Gilberdyke
Signalling renewal
with opportunities
to improve
headways
HUL1
2014
2019
Capacity/performance
and journey time
improvements.
In development
Ferriby
Gilberdyke
Journey
Time/Capacity
Improvements
HUL1
2014
2019
Improved journey
times.
In development
W10 Gauge
Clearance
Felixstowe to
Yorkshire
Terminals.
Freight gauge
clearance
improvement.
HUL1
HUL2
HUL3
2014
2019
Capability to carry
deep sea containers
on standard deck
height wagons to Selby
(Potter Group),
Wakefield Europort
and Stourton.
In development
Electrification
Micklefield to
Hull via Selby
Provision of 25kV
Overhead line
HUL1
HUL2
HUL3
HUL4
2014
2019
Ability to operate
electric multiple unit
plus journey time
improvements.
In development
174
SRS H.08 Gilberdyke Hatfield and Stainforth/Knottingley and Church

Fenton Moorthorpe

This route is part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West. This secondary route
consists of a two track section between Gilberdyke and Goole and Goole and Thorne North Junction, with
the actual junction at Thorne North comprising a single lead. The route between Goole and Knottingley is
double track with an eight mile single track section between Potters Grange Junction (near Goole) to
approximately two miles east of Hensall.
A further section of route links Church Fenton in the north with Moorthorpe in the south. This is a double
track railway. The route is also double track between Calder Bridge Junction (near Wakefield Kirkgate) and
Normanton.
These routes carry a mixture of local passenger and freight traffic although the route between Goole and
Knottingley is predominantly a freight route seeing numerous freight services to the Aire Valley Power
Stations at Drax and Eggborough (see Route Specification H.98). The link between Calder Bridge Junction
and Turners Lane Junction (near Normanton) is a freight only route carrying freight traffic for Wakefield
Europort and the Aire Valley Power Stations. There are nine stations within this route specification area of
which the two most significant are Goole and Knottingley. There are 80 level crossings on this route which
also contains a major structure, namely Goole Swing Bridge at TJG2/5, a wrought iron bridge of six spans.
175

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Gilberdyke Hatfield and Stainforth / Knottingley and Church Fenton Moorthorpe
Section Start
CTL 0m 0yds (Calder Bridge Junction.), MVN2 48m 726 yds (Turners Lane Junction.), NOC 15m 220 yds
(Milford Junction.), SMJ2 11m 528yds (Moorthorpe), SMJ3 16m 1518 yds (Burton Salmon), TJG1 7m 1520
yds (Thorne Junction.), TJG2 14m 0ch (Thorne N), WAG1 57m 1184 yds (Knottingley) WAG2 0m yds
(Engine Shed Junction.)
Section End
CTL 0m 1166yds (Turners Lane Junction.), MVN2 50m 682 yds (Goose Hill Junction.) NOC 10m 1694 yds
(Church Fenton), SMJ2 0m 0yds (Burton Salmon), SMJ3 15m 88 yds (Milford Junction.), TJG1 9m 704 yds
(Thorne North.), TJG2 0m 0ch (Gilberdyke Junction.), WAG1 73m 1144 yds (Engine Shed Junction.), WAG2
0m 1408 yds (Mineral Junction.)
Route
Availability
(RA)
8, 9
Gauge
W6, W8, W9
W9
W9
Signals

programme of
Management System
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 70 miles
per hour (mph).
75 mph
75 mph
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
176
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Gilberdyke Thorne North, local (passing time) 20 minutes approximately.
No. of
trains per
hour
Gilberdyke Thorne two trains per hour (tph) in each

direction.
+ 30 Years
Church Fenton Moorthorpe, 35 minutes.
Goole Knottingley two trains per day (tpd) in each

direction.
Moorthorpe Ferrybridge two tpd in each direction.
Ferrybridge Milford Junction two tpd in each direction.
Milford Junction Sherburn South Junction two tpd in
each direction.
Calder Bridge Turners Lane Junction nil
(Turners Lane Normanton three tph in each direction
between Sheffield and Leeds.)
Knottingley Pontefract East Junction one tph in each
direction plus 3 Bradford to London trains per day in each
direction.
177
No change.
To be advised.
Notes
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Gilberdyke Knottingley West

Junction two trains per day
(weekday).

Network forecasts.

Freight Network
forecasts.
Moorthorpe Ferrybridge three

tpd in each direction.
Ferrybridge Milford Junction 30
Calder Bridge Turners Lane
Junction 18 tpd in each direction.
Turners Lane Junction
Normanton three tpd in each
direction.
Thorne Junction Hatfield and
Stainforth 32 tpd in each
direction.
Hare Park Crofton one tpd in
each direction.
Church Fenton Moorthorpe four
Knottingley West Junction and
Knottingley East Junction 46 tpd
in each direction.
Church Fenton Milford Junction
42 tpd in each direction.
Milford Junction Moorthorpe 8
Knottingley Drax Branch
Junction 35 tpd in each direction.
Mirfield Thornhill 7 tpd in each
direction.
178
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
13
Automatic:
User:
60
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Whitley
Bridge,
Sudforth Lane
and Hensall
Signal interlocking
renewal
WAG1
2012 14
Renewed asset.
In development
North
Doncaster
Chord
(Shaftholme
Junction
Remodelling).
Provision of flyover
connecting Askern
and Applehurst
Junction lines.
KWS, CJS
By 2014
Provide
additional route
for freight as an
alternative to the
East Coast Main
Line.
In development
Knottingley
West S&C
S&C Renewal
WAG1
2011/12
Renewed asset.
Under construction
179
Notes
Status

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Sheffield Leeds
Journey time
improvements
including
Horbury
Junction
remodelling.
MVN2
2018/19
Journey time
improvements
In development
Freight Gauge
Enhancements:
Altofts Junction
to Colton
Junction
Provision of
W10/W11/W12
SMJ3,
MGW
2014
19
Gauge enhancements
In development
W10 Gauge
Clearance
Felixstowe to
Yorkshire
Terminals.
Freight gauge
clearance
improvement.
MVN2
WAG1
TJC3
2014
2019
Capability to carry deep

sea containers on
standard deck height
wagons to Selby (Potter
Group), Wakefield
Europort and Stourton.
In development
In addition to the proposed enhancement programme, this table includes third party schemes, renewals and potential
NRDF schemes where applicable.
180
SRS H.09 Knottingley Mirfield via Crofton Junction/Castleford and

via Castleford Junction Leeds West Junction/Whitwood

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary route is based in West
Yorkshire and stretches from Knottingley in the East to Thornhill Junction (near Mirfield) in a westerly
direction and Leeds in a northerly direction.
This is a multi section of approximately 45 miles of double track route. It consists of a number of urban lines
and a selection of routes carrying West and South Yorkshire Passenger Transport Executive sponsored
passenger services and freight. Between Normanton and Leeds passenger rail services link the East
Midlands and South Yorkshire to West Yorkshire.
The major stations outside Leeds are Castleford, Pontefract Monkhill and Wakefield Kirkgate. The route
contains 17 level crossings plus a major structure, namely Methley Viaduct (TJC3/222), brick construction
(five spans).
On the route between Altofts Junction and Leeds there are two major freight terminals; Wakefield Europort
and Leeds Stourton (Hunslet). Both provide an important intermodal freight link between East Anglian ports
and West Yorkshire. There is also a freight yard situated at Healey Mills on this route. (See Freight Route
Specification H.91 for further information.)
181

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Knottingley Mirfield (via Crofton Junction)/Castleford and via Castleford Junction) Leeds West
Junction/Whitwood
Section Start
CPM1 56m 924 yds Pontefract Monkhill), CPM2 0m 0 yds (Castleford W. Junction.), ELN 195m 433 yds
(Leeds), MEW 1m 314yds (Methley Junction.), MVN2 39m 703 yds (Mirfield E. Junction.), NOC 23m 1262
yds (Altoft Junction.), TJC3 184m 1177 yds ( Goose Hill Junction.), WAG1 47m 781 yds (Wakefield
Kirkgate), WWK 0m 0 yds (Wakefield)
Section End
CPM1 59m 66 yds (Knottingley E. Junction), CPM2 0m 1342 yds (Cutsyke Junction.), ELN 195m 1144 yds,
MEW 0m 0 yds (Whitwood Junction.), MVN2 48m 726 yds (Wakefield Kirkgate), NOC 20m 1606 yds
(Castleford), TJC3 195m 817 yds (Leeds), WAG1 57m 1184 yds (Pontefract E. Junction.), WWK 0m 572
yds (Wakefield)
Route
Availability
(RA)
8, 9
Gauge
W6, W8, W9
W9
W9
Signals
Mixture of track circuit

block and absolute
block.

block and absolute
block.

programme of
Management System
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 60 miles
per hour (mph)
except for Methley
Junction to Whitwood
Junction which is
30mph.
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock.
To be advised.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
182
Notes
Current passenger train service level (trains per hour)

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
To be
advised.
Typical
end to
end
Journey
time
Knottingley Wakefield Kirkgate 25 minutes.
No. of
trains per
hour
Mirfield East Junction Thornhill LNW Junction 6 trains

per hour (tph) plus 3 trans per day (tpd) Long Distance
High Speed (LDHS).
Train lengthening
into Leeds in
peak hours.
Thornhill LNW Junction Horbury Junction 1 tph plus 3

tpd LDHS.
2 tph Mirfield
East Junction
and Thornhill
LNW Junction.
Castleford Leeds 23 minutes.

Normanton Leeds 32 minutes.
Horbury Junction Wakefield Kirkgate 3 tph plus 3 tpd

LDHS.
Wakefield Kirkgate Wakefield Westgate 1 tph.
Wakefield Kirkgate Turners Lane 3 tph.
Normanton Altofts 3 tph Sheffield to Leeds.
Altofts to Methley 2 tph Sheffield to Leeds.
Altofts Whitwood 1 tph Sheffield to Leeds via
Castleford.
Whitwood Junction Castleford 3 tph Sheffield to Leeds
and Knottingley to Leeds.
Whitwood Junction Methley Junction 2 tph.
Methley Junction Leeds 4 tph including services from
Sheffield (3) and Knottingley (1).
Castleford Pontefract West Junction 1 tph.
Wakefield Kirkgate to Pontefract West Junction 1 tph
plus 3 Bradford to London services.
Pontefract West Junction Pontefract East Junction 2
tph plus 3 Bradford to London services.
All the above applies in each direction.
183
Notes
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
All based on weekday.

Knottingley West
Junction Pontefract
Monkhill: 27 trains per
day, Pontefract Monkhill
Crofton West Junction:
41 trains per day,
Crofton West Junction
Calder Bridge Junction:
78 trains per day, Calder
Bridge Junction
Wakefield West
Junction: 0 trains per
day, Whitwood
Methley Junction: 9
trains per day, Methley
Junction Leeds: 2
trains per day, Thornhill
LNW Junction -.Horbury
Junction 7 trains in each
direction. Milford
Junction Castleford 14
tpd in each direction,
Castleford Altofts
Junction 7 tpd Down and
3 tpd Up.

Network forecasts.

Freight Network
forecasts.
Notes
All services operate in

each direction.

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current No. of Level

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
10
184
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Methley
Junction
Remodelling of
junction.
MEW2
2011/12
Improved
performance,
journey time
and capacity.
Notes
Status
Under construction

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Sheffield to
Leeds
Journey time
improvement
MVN2
2019
Journey time
improvement
In development
Platform
lengthening
Knottingley
(exclusive) to
Leeds and
Wakefield
Kirkgate to
Leeds
(exclusive)
To accommodate
longer trains
WAG1 TJC3
2014
2019
Increased capacity
In development
Freight Gauge
Enhancements:
Altolfts Junction
to Colton
Junction
Provision of
W10/W11/W12
NOC
2014
19
Capacity to carry deep

sea containers on
wagons
In development
W10 Gauge
Clearance
Felixstowe to
Yorkshire
Terminals
Freight gauge
clearance
improvement
TJC3
2014
2019
Capability to carry deep

sea containers on
wagons to Selby (Potter
Group), Wakefield
Europort and Stourton.
In development
In addition to the proposed enhancement programme, this table includes third party schemes,
renewals and potential NRDF schemes where applicable.
185
SRS H.10 Manchester Victoria Mirfield (via Rochdale)/Stalybridge

This secondary urban route leads in an easterly direction from Manchester to Mirfield via Rochdale, with
another route diverging to Stalybridge. The latter crosses the London North Western/London North Eastern
boundary at 22 miles 62 chains on MVN2 just west of Hebden Bridge. The former rural section between
Miles Platting Junction and Rochdale East Junction via Oldham has been transferred to Transport for
Greater Manchester who will operate this line as part of Manchester Metrolink. There are approximately 46
miles of route in total. Manchester Victoria to Miles Platting Junction is four track with the majority of the
remainder being double.
There are fourteen stations on this route including Manchester Victoria and Stalybridge. Manchester Victoria
is the major station on this route managed by Northern Rail and has six platforms with services radiating
towards Yorkshire, Merseyside and various North West destinations. Other notable stations managed by
Northern Rail are Stalybridge, Rochdale, Todmorden, Hebden Bridge and Sowerby Bridge.
The Manchester to Mirfield via Rochdale and Manchester to Stalybridge routes are predominantly
passenger routes with occasional freight services. There are two level crossings on this route.
The proposed Northern Hub scheme in CP5 will provide a direct link between Manchester Victoria and
Piccadilly stations via a new chord at Ordsall. This will provide opportunities to improve journey times and
connectivity between the Calder Valley and the North West regions.
186

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Manchester Victoria Mirfield (via Rochdale) / Stalybridge
Section Start
BBW 0m 0yds Bradley Junction), BPP -0m 197 yds (Phillips Park W. Junction), MPR1 1m 663 yds (Man.
Vic.), MPR3 14m 0 yds (Oldham Loop), MVL1 1m 663 yds (Miles Platting), MVL2 7m 1012 yds
(Stalybridge), MVM -0m 45 yds (Manchester Victoria), MVN2 2m 365 yds (Thorpe Bridge Junction), MVN2
9m 616 yds (Castleton)
Section End
BBW 1m 393yds (Bradley Wood Junction), BPP 0m 525 yds (Brewery Junction), MPR1 2m 387 yds
(Thorpes Bridge Junction), MPR3 14m 585 yds (Oldham Loop), MVL1 7m 1013 yds (Stalybridge), MVL2 7m
1630 yds (Stalybridge), MVM 1m 674 yds (Manchester Victoria), MVN2 9m 616 yds (Rochdale), MVN2 37m
779 yds (Heaton Lodge Junction)
Route
Availability
(RA)
8, 9
Gauge
W6, W7, W8
W8
W8
Signals

Block and Absolute
Block.
Mixture of Track
Circuit Block and
Absolute Block.

programme of
European Rail
Traffic Management
System (ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 60 miles
per hour (mph).
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock.
To be advised.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
187
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Manchester Victoria Stalybridge: 15 minutes.
No. of
trains per
hour
Manchester Stalybridge 2 trains per

hour (tph) in each direction.
+ 30 Years
Manchester Victoria Rochdale: 18 minutes.

Manchester Victoria Mirfield: 1 hour 15 minutes.
Manchester Rochdale 4 tph in each

direction.
Changes in the number of passenger tph

from December 2011 unless otherwise
shown:

Leeds via Rochdale and via
Huddersfield in each direction
peak hour shuttles operating

between Stalybridge and
Manchester 1 tph in each
direction December 2013 (See
Route Specification H.05)
additional 1 tph peak hour

shuttles between Rochdale
and Manchester in each
direction December 2014 with
a further increase of 1 tph at
peak times proposed under
Northern Hub December 2019
proposed new Burnley to

Manchester via Todmorden
direct service in each direction
December 2013/14
additional 1 tph in each

direction between Leeds and
Manchester via Bradford and
Rochdale December 2019
2 extra inter regional services

Leeds per hour in each
direction via Diggle and
Mirfield East Junction

Manchester and Leeds in each
Rochdale Hall Royd Junction 3 tph

in each direction.
Hall Royd Junction Milner Royd
Junction 4 tph in each direction.
Milner Royd Junction Greetland
Junction 1 tph in each direction
Greetland Junction Bradley Wood
Bradley Wood Junction Heaton
Lodge Junction 1 tph in each
direction.
Bradley Junction Bradley Wood
188
To be
advised.
Notes
Further lengthening to 4 cars of

peak regional services into
Manchester in the morning peak
and out of Manchester in the
evening peak by December
2019.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
2 trains per day operate in

each direction.

Network forecasts.

Freight Network
forecasts.

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
189
Notes

Project
Project Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Stalybridge
Resignalling and
Capacity
Improvements.
Renewal and
provision of a new
turnback platform at
Stalybridge
MVL2
2012/13
Provides improved
operational flexibility
that allows more
efficient use of
rolling stock. This
will allow the HLOS
targets to be met
without the need to
excessively
lengthen platforms.
Under construction
Stalybridge
improved station
facilities.
Improvements to
station (National
Stations Improvement
Project)
MVL2
2011 13
Improved station
facilities.
Under construction
Manchester
Victoria Station
refurbishment.
Improvements to
station (National
Project)
MVM
2011 13
Improved station
facilities.
Under construction
Rochdale Station
refurbishment.
Improvements to
station (National
Project)
MVN2
2011 13
Improved station
facilities.
Under construction
Rochdale
resignalling and
remodelling
Renewal and creation

of a turnback siding
facing Manchester
MVN2
2012/13
Changes to facilitate
conversion of
Oldham Loop to
Metrolink.
In development
Todmorden reinstatement of the

west curve
development
Study to provide direct

service with
associated journey
time improvements
between Burnley and
Manchester.
MVN
2013/14
Development work
towards improved
connectivity.
In development
Manchester Leeds
via Diggle
Journey Time Capacity

improvements
MVL3
2013/14
Improved journey
times.
In development
190
Notes
Status

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due Date
Output
change
Notes
Status
Northern Hub
Manchester
Victoria
Interchange
facilities.
Station
improvements,
improved
access and
interchange
facilities
MVE1
December
2014
Improved
station
facilities
In development
Northern Hub
linking
Manchester
Piccadilly and
Victoria
Stations
directly via a
new curve at
Ordsall
New curve.
COL
December
2016
New curve.
In development
Northern Hub.
Journey time
and
connectivity
improvements
between
Bradford and
Manchester
SAJ
2019
Journey time
and
connectivity
improvements.
In development
191
SRS H.11 Hull Seamer

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks &Humber and North West, this rural route leads in a north and
easterly direction out of Hull to Bridlington and along the coast line to Seamer just south of Scarborough.
The route is double track between Hull and Bridlington and is single track between Bridlington and Seamer
South Junction except for a three mile section of double track between Hunmanby and Filey.
The route contains nine stations of which the most significant are Beverley, Bridlington and Filey. The route
contains 99 level crossings.
192

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Hull Seamer
Section Start
AWP 0m 0 yds (Anlaby Road Junction), HBS 0m 1290 yds (West Parade North Junction)
Section End
AWP 0m 528 yds (West Parade North Junction), HBS 50m 946 yds (Seamer West Junction)
Route
Availability
(RA)
6, 7, 8
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals

Block and Absolute
Block...
Mixture of Track
Circuit Block and
Absolute Block...

programme of
European Rail
Traffic Management
System (ERTMS).
Speed
Hull Bridlington
predominant
linespeed 70 miles
per hour (mph) for
passenger services,
Bridlington Seamer
predominant
linespeed for
passenger services
60 mph. Predominant
linespeed for freight
is 40mph.
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock.
To be advised.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
193
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Typical
end to
end
Journey
time
Hull Seamer, 1hour 20 minutes

(direct service).
Hull Seamer,
1hour 20
minutes (direct
service).
Hull Seamer,
1hour 20 minutes
(direct service).
No. of
trains per
hour
Currently on the Hull Seamer route

there is approximately 1 train per
hour in each direction.
No change.
No change.
Notes
No change.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No booked freight traffic.

Network forecasts.
As per the
Strategic
Freight
Network
forecasts.
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
13
Automatic:
24
User:
62
194
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Bridlington
Renaissance
Bus/Rail
Interchange
Improvements
HBS
By the
end of
2014
Bus/Rail
Interchange
Improvements
Notes
Status
In development

195
SRS H.12 York Scarborough

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this rural route leads in a north easterly
direction through North Yorkshire from York to Scarborough on the East Coast via Malton and Seamer.
This is a 42 mile double track route with 92 level crossings.
There are four stations on this route including York. York is the major railway station situated on the East
Coast Main Line, managed by East Coast and has 11 platforms offering services to London, the North East,
Scotland, Yorkshire, the Midlands, South West, South Coast and the North West of England. Scarborough
railway station is managed by First TransPennine Express and has five platforms with services to York,
Leeds, Manchester and Liverpool and Northern services to Hull. Malton station has a single platform and
therefore makes this small section in essence a single line section for passenger services calling there.
This route is predominately used by First TransPennine Express. Other operators on this route are
occasionally East Midlands Trains, Northern Rail with the very occasional freight service.
196

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
York Scarborough
Section Start
YMS 0m 32ch (York)
Section End
YMS 42m 132 yds (Scarborough)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6
W6
W6
Signals

Block and Absolute
Block all controlled
from York Integrated
Electronic Control
Centre.
Mixture of Track
Circuit Block and
Absolute Block all
Control Centre.

programme of
European Rail
Traffic Management
System. (ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 90 miles
per hour (mph)
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock.
To be advised.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes

Current
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
York Scarborough, 50 minutes.
No. of
trains per
hour
Currently on the York Scarborough route

there is 1 train per hour throughout the day
with train lengthening or additional shuttles
at peak holiday times in each direction.
197
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No change
in passenger
services per
hour.
No
change in
passenger
services
per hour.
Notes
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
No booked freight traffic

Network forecast.

Freight Network
forecast.

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
12
Automatic:
10
User:
70
Notes

Project
Project Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output
change
York to
Scarborough
Journey time
improvement
YMS
2019
Improved
journey times
Notes

198
Status
In development
SRS H.13 Chesterfield Swinton via Sheffield

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this primary route extends northwards
from Tapton Junction (near Chesterfield) to Swinton Junction and the Rotherham area. The route services
several distinct passenger markets. The first is for cross country journeys linking Scotland, the North East,
Yorkshire, the Midlands, Thames Valley and the South West. The second is the interurban links provided by
First TransPennine Express (TPE) and East Midlands Trains (EMT) linking Sheffield with Manchester,
London, the East Midlands, East Anglia, South Yorkshire, West Yorkshire and South Humberside. The third
is between intermediate locations on the route and the above areas by direct services or by changing trains
onto long distance services at Sheffield. The route also carries local services within South Yorkshire most of
which are sponsored by South Yorkshire Passenger Transport Executive.
There are four stations on the line of routes within this SRS. Sheffield is the major station comprising of eight
platforms. This station is served by EMT, TPE, Northern Rail (Northern) and CrossCountry. Other key
stations are Dronfield, Meadowhall and Rotherham. Meadowhall is a four platform station situation where
the route diverges to Swinton and Barnsley. Rotherham Central is a two platform station situated on the
chord between Meadowhall and Swinton/Doncaster. Sheffield station provides an important interchange
facility between long distance passenger services to/from London, Northern East England, Scotland, East
Midlands and South East, South West England and the regional centres of Manchester, West and South
Yorkshire and Lincolnshire.
There is a Train Maintenance Depot for stabling and servicing the Northern fleet at Sheffield. Sheffield
station is also used to stable a number of diesel vehicles.
199
The Tapton Junction to Sheffield to Moorthorpe/Doncaster corridor features 11 flat junctions (excluding
Sheffield stations and Doncaster station within a 28 mile stretch.
It is a two track railway with an up and down passenger loop at Brightside, a currently disused loop at
Rotherham Masborough.
The chord via Rotherham and the primary freight route between Aldwarke and Mexborough (see H.14
Swinton Brocklesby Junction) together with Sheffield station permits the regulation of services.
The route contains three level crossings and three tunnels.
This SRS contains a secondary route from Rotherham Central to Aldwarke Junction.
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Line of Route
Description
Chesterfield Swinton (via Sheffield)
Section Start
ANS 6m 1518 yds (Aldwarke Lane Junction ), HCD 0m 0 yds (Holmes Junction), TJC1 146m 1298 yds
((Tapton Junction), TJC2 160m 748 yds (Grimesthorpe Junction), TJC3 161m 1694 yds (Masborough),
WME 4m 880yds (Rotherham C. Junction)
Section End
ANS 7m 560 yds (Aldwarke Junction S.), HCD 0m 1360 yds (Rotherham C. Junction), TJC1 160m 748
yds (Grimesthorpe Junction), TJC2 163m 1628 yds (Masborough), TJC3 166m 1298 yds ((Swinton South
Junction), WME 6m 1518yds ((Aldwarke Junction S.)
Route
Availability
8, 10
10
10
Gauge
W6, W8
W9
W10
Signals

programme of
Management System
(ERTMS).
Speed
90 miles per hour

(mph)
90 mph
90 mph
Not electrified.
Sheffield to
Rotherham 750 DC
electrification for Tram
Train
Sheffield to Swinton
route 25kV OHL
Electrification.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
Sheffield to Swinton
route 25kV OHL
Electrification.
200
Electrification of this route is

an option in the
Electrification Programme.
Current passenger train service level (trains per hour)

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Joutney
and
Typical
end to
end
Journey
time
50 minutes (weekday, Dronfield

Swinton)
50 minutes (weekday, Dronfield

Swinton)
50 minutes (weekday,
Dronfield Swinton)
No. of
trains per
hour
Tapton Junction to Dore Station

Junction 6 trains per hour (tph)
Changes in number of
passenger trains per hour :
1 additional Long Distance

High Speed tph in each
direction.
Dore Station Junction to

Sheffield 9 tph
Notes
Train lengthening
between Sheffield to
Leeds corridor via
Moorthorpe between
Sheffield and Swinton
by December 2014.
Sheffield to Nunnery Main Line

Junction 11 tph
Nunnery Main Line Junction to
Wincobank Station Junction 10
tph
Wincobank Station Junction to
Holmes Junction 7 tph
Holmes Junction to Aldwarke
Junction direct 4 tph
Holmes Junction to Aldwarke via
Rotherham Central 3 tph
Aldwarke Junction to Swinton 7
tph
In addition there are 2 trains per
day (tpd) Sheffield to York via
Rotherham plus 5 tpd between
Leeds and London via Sheffield.
(all above in each direction)
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
201
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Notes
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output
change
Tram Train
Trial
Sheffield to
Rotherham
Parkgate.
TJC3
2013/14
Tram train
trial.
In development
Midland Main
Line St Pancras
International
Sheffield Line
Speed
Improvement
Enhanced
infrastructure
capability
TJC1
2014
Line speed
improvement.
In development
Rotherham
Central Station
Station
improvement
WME
2014
Improved
station/longer
platform
Under construction
202
Notes
Status

Project
Project Description
ELR
Due Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Aldwarke
S&C Renewal
TJC3/WME
2014
16
Renewal of asset.
In development
Aldwarke
Connectivity and
capacity
improvements
TJC3/WME
2014
16
Increased capacity.
In development
Holmes
Junction
S&C Renewal
HCD/TJC2
2014
16
Renewal of asset.
In development
Holmes
Junction
Capacity and
performance
improvements
HCD/TJC2
2014
16
Increased capacity.
In development
Sheffield
station
Revised layout
(Dore Station
Junction Nunnery
Main Line Junction)
TJC1
2019
Improved
connectivity and
capacity.
In development
Sheffield to
Leeds
Journey time
improvement
TJC1 TJC2
TJC3
2019
Improved journey
times.
In development
203
SRS H.14 Swinton Junction Brocklesby Junction

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this primary route leads in a north
easterly direction out of Swinton in South Yorkshire to Doncaster and along the South Humberside main line
towards Thorne Junction, Scunthorpe and Brocklesby Junction.
This is a route of approximately 47 miles comprising mainly double track with the exception of Kirk Sandall to
Thorne Junction which is four track, with a three track section between Wrawby Junction and Brocklesby
Junction. This SRS also contains a Primary Freight route between Aldwarke Junction and Mexborough.
There are ten stations excluding Doncaster within this Route Specification, with seven between Barnetby
and Doncaster (exclusive) and three between Doncaster (exclusive) and Swinton (inclusive). Scunthorpe is
the key station along the route. All stations are managed by Northern Rail with the exception of Scunthorpe
and Barnetby which are managed by First TransPennine Express.
Passenger services operate to Cleethorpes, Grimsby, Doncaster, Sheffield, Manchester, Lincoln and Barton
on Humber. The route also crosses the East Coast Main Line at Doncaster and this provides an important
passenger interchange with services to London, the North East and West Yorkshire.
Whilst this route carries an hourly interurban passenger service between Cleethorpes and South Yorkshire
and regional passenger services between Hull/Scunthorpe and South Yorkshire, the route is primarily used
by freight with some of the highest tonnage movements in the United Kingdom operating on the south bank
of the Humber between the port of Immingham, Scunthorpe and Doncaster. Circa 60 freight trains per day
operate each way on the core section between Brocklesby and Wrawby Junction carrying coal for the power
204
stations, importing fuel for the steel works at Scunthorpe, imported iron ore for Scunthorpe steel works, steel
production from Scunthorpe and oil products from the Humber port to various destinations. There is an
extensive freight yard at Scunthorpe serving the Tata Steel Works and the Foreign Ore Terminal. There are
also Up and Down goods loops at Scunthorpe. See Route Specification H.98 Freight Trunk Routes.
Another section with significant freight flows in the Swinton/Doncaster/Rotherham/Chesterfield via Sheffield
axis which sees considerable amount of through freight traffic between the North East and the Yorkshire and
Humber region, and the Midlands and South West.
At Hexthorpe Junction the route diverges with passenger trains travelling towards Doncaster. Most freight
takes the diverging route towards Bentley Junction thus avoiding Doncaster (see Route Specification H.91).
The South Yorkshire Joint Line from Brancliffe East Junction joints at Kirk Sandall Junction. This is another
freight only route avoiding Doncaster (see Route Specification H.91). Approximately three miles further east
at Hatfield and Stainforth the freight only route from the Aire Valley Power Stations and the East Coast Main
Line joins the South Humber Main Line (see Route Specification H.91). A further mile west sees the route
diverge towards Goole and Hull (see Route Specification H.08) with the main line continuing eastwards
towards Scunthorpe/Cleethorpes and the Humber Ports at Immingham. Finally, another freight only line to
Roxby joins the South Humber Main Line at Scunthorpe.
This route contains 48 levels crossings, one tunnel and several major structures, namely:
Keadby Drawbridge (DOW27), steel construction, 1 span
King George V Bridge (Keadby Lift Bridge) (DOW 36), steel construction, 5 spans
Frodingham Viaduct (DOW39), brick construction (84 spans).
205

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Swinton Brocklesby Junction
Section Start
DOW 0m 0 yds (Marshgate Junction), MAC3 93m 660 yds (Wrawby Junction), MAC3 98m 376 yds
(Brocklesby), PED4 15m 880 yds (Masborough), PED5 15m 1408 yds (Barnsley Junction), SJM1 166m
1249 yds (Swinton Junction South), SJM2 15m 79 yds (Mexborough), WME 7m 1320 yds (Aldwarke)
Section End
DOW 33m 748 yds (Wrawby Junction), MAC3 98m 376 yds (Brocklesby), MAC3 99m 485 yds (Brocklesby
Junction), PED4 15m 1408 yds ((Mexborough), PED5 22m 1232 yds (St. Jamess Junction), SJM1 167m
385 yds (Barnsley Junction), SJM2 15m 880 yds (Goldthorpe), WME 10m 418 yds (Mexborough East
Junction)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W9, W10 and W12
W9, W10 and W12
Signals

block and absolute
block.

block and absolute
block.

programme of
Management System.
(ERTMS).
Speed
Swinton to Doncaster
predominant
linespeed 75 miles
per hour (mph)
predominant
linespeed 75 miles
per hour (mph)
predominant
linespeed 75 miles per
hour (mph)
Doncaster to
Stainforth
predominant
linespeed 80 mph
Doncaster to
Stainforth
predominant
linespeed 80 mph
Doncaster to
Stainforth
predominant
linespeed 80 mph
Stainforth to
Brocklesby
predominant
linespeed 55 mph
Stainforth to
Brocklesby
predominant
linespeed 75 mph
Stainforth to
Brocklesby
predominant
linespeed 75 mph
Not electrified.
route 25kV OHL
Electrification.
route 25kV OHL
Electrification.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
206
Notes
Electrification of this route is

an option in the Electrification
Programme.

Current
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Swinton Doncaster: local stopping service 17 minutes, 13 minutes passing fast interregional
services.
Doncaster Scunthorpe 25 minutes fast interregional service and 38 minutes slow stopping
service.
Scunthorpe Brocklesby passing fast interregional service 24 minutes.
No. of
trains per
hour
Swinton to Hexthorpe Junction 5 trains

per hour (tph)
Changes in number of passenger

trains per hour:
Hexthorpe Junction to Doncaster 5 tph
Doncaster to Kirk Sandall 4 tph

Kirk Sandall to Thorne Junction 6 tph
Thorne Junction to Scunthorpe 2 tph
Scunthorpe to Wrawby Junction 1 tph
Train lengthening of inter

regional services up to 4
cars in each direction
between Cleethorpes and
Manchester International
Airport by December
2019 to provide adequate
capacity west of
Doncaster.
1 additional
Long
Distance
High Speed
tph over
Swinton
Junction
South.
Wrawby Junction to Brocklesby

Junction 1 tph interregional plus 7 tpd
between Grimsby and Lincoln/Newark.
(above applies in each direction)
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
60 tpd Brocklesby Junction

to Wrawby Junction.

Freight Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.

Wrawby Junction to
Scunthorpe Foreign Ore
Junction.
Scunthorpe Foreign Ore
Junction to Hatfield.
207
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
+ 10 Years Number of Level

Crossings
+ 30 Years Number of Level

Crossings
Notes
Supervised:

Crossing policy

Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
37

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Scunthorpe area S&C

Renewals
S&C renewals
DOW
2012
Renewal of asset.
Under
construction
Doncaster
Scunthorpe Journey
Time improvements).
Doncaster
Wrawby
DOW
2013/14
Journey time
improvements.
In development
W10 Gauge
Improvements Water
Orton to Doncaster
Freight gauge
clearance
PED5
PED4
SMJ2
TJC3
2014
Freight gauge
improvements
In development
Conisbrough Tunnel
Line Speed
Improvement
(LSI)/Gauge
improvement.
LSI 50 mph-75
mph, Up fast
and Down fast
PED5
2013/14
Line speed
improvement.
In development
Hatfield and Stainforth

Junction.
S&C Renewal
DOW
2013/14
Renewal of asset.
In development
Hatfield Stainforth
Junction: easing the
approach control.
Performance
and freight
journey time
improvement
DOW
2014
Journey time
improvements.
In development
208
Notes
Status

Project
Project Description
ELR
Due Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Wrawby
Barnetby
Resignalling
Signalling renewal
MAC3, DOW
2014 16
Renewal of asset.
In development
Humber Road
JunctionScunthorpe
Capacity
improvements
MAC3, DOW
2014 16
Capacity
improvements
In development
209
SRS H.15 South Kirkby Junction Swinton Junction

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorkshire and Humber and North West, this secondary route covers leads
in a south westerly direction from South Kirkby Junction to Swinton in South Yorkshire and forms part of the
South Yorkshire rail network.
It is a relatively short section of approximately eight miles of route, all double track. This route includes five
stations, all managed by Northern Rail, with services to Leeds and Sheffield. All have two platforms except
Swinton station which has three platforms with services to Doncaster, Wakefield, Leeds, Rotherham,
Sheffield and York.
The route contains two level crossings.
210

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of Route
Description
South Kirkby Junction Swinton
Section Start
SKM 0m 110 yds, SMJ1 166m 1298 yds, SMJ2 11m 528 yds
Section End
SKM 0m 1232 yds, SMJ1 168m 1408 yds, SMJ2 17m 330 yds
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
Retain as now W8.
W10
Signals
Track circuit block
Track circuit block
Subject to the roll out

programme of the
European Rail
Traffic Management
System (ERTMS).
Speed
80 miles per hour.
Passenger: 100 miles

per hour. Freight: 75
miles per hour (up to
RA8), 60 miles per hour
(above RA8). South
Kirkby Junction
Swinton 50 miles per
hour for both passenger
and freight.
Passenger: 100
miles per hour.
Freight: 75 miles
per hour (up to
RA8), 60 miles per
hour (above RA8).
South Kirkby
Junction Swinton
50 miles per hour
for both passenger
and freight.
Electrified
Not electrified.
Swinton South Junction to

Dearne Junction, Dearne
Junction to Moorthorpe
Junction and Moorthorpe
Junction to South Kirby
Junction 25kV AC.
To be advised.
211
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
South Kirkby Junction Swinton, 15

minutes (weekday).
South Kirkby Junction

Swinton, 15 minutes
(weekday).
South Kirkby Junction

Swinton, 15 minutes
(weekday).
No. of
trains per
hour
On the Moorthorpe to Swinton

route there is roughly 2 trains
per hour throughout the day in
each direction plus 4 trans per
day London to Leeds via
Sheffield plus 2 trains per day
Sheffield to York between
Swinton and Moorthorpe.
Changes in passenger train

services per hour :
To be advised.
train lengthening
up to 4 cars by
December 2014 on
the Leeds to
Sheffield via
Moorthorpe
corridor
CrossCountry aspire
to operate an
additional 1 train per
hour from
December 2016.
Notes
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Swinton Junction Moorthorpe: 23 trains pre

day (weekday).
Rotherham Masborough
Swinton Moorthorpe,
an increase of 8 freight
trains per day in each
direction by 2030.
To be advised.
Moorthorpe South Kirkby:

24 trains per day
(weekday).
Moorthorpe to South
Kirkby, an increase of 2
freight trains per day in
each direction by 2030.
Moorthorpe Milford
Junction, an increase of
6 freight trans per day in
each direction by 2030.
212
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
0.
0.
Automatic:

Crossing policy

Crossing policy
User:
Notes
Infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)

infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)
Project
Project Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output
change
Moorthorpe Signal
Interlocking
Including linespeed
increases, capacity
improvements and
converting
the up and down loops
to Passenger status
SMJ2
2011
Resignalling/
passenger
loops
Under
construction
Bolton on Dearne
and Moorthorpe
Level crossing closures
SMJ2
2011
Footbridges
Under
construction
W10 Gauge
Clearance Water
Orton
Doncaster/Swinto
n and South
Kirkby route
between Swinton
and South Kirkby.
Freight gauge clearance

improvement.
SMJ1,
SMJ2
and
SKM
2013/14
Gauge
improvement
In
development
213
Notes
Status

Project
Project Description
ELR
Due Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Platform lengthening
South Yorkshire
(between Sheffield
and Leeds via
Moorthorpe)
To accommodate
longer trains.
SMJ1
and
SMJ2
CP5
Platform
lengthening
In development
South Kirkby
Resignalling/
Wakefield Westgate
lineside renewals
Resignalling of South
Kirkby control area and
targeted renewal of
lineside signalling
equipment for
Wakefield Westgate
control area
SKM
2015/16
Resignalling/ren
ewals
In development
214
SRS H.16 Sheffield Gainsborough

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary route leads in an easterly
direction from Sheffield Nunnery Main Line Junction to Trent Junctions just west of Gainsborough Central via
Worksop. It serves stations in Nottinghamshire and Lincolnshire including Kiveton, Worksop, and Retford,
before diverging towards Gainsborough Central/Gainsborough Lea Road and Lincoln. It comprises a section
of approximately 33 miles of route, all double track with freight sidings at Worksop, a passing loop at
Gringley Road near Retford.
There are seven stations served by an hourly service with some additional peak services between Sheffield
and Retford. The route carries significant coal traffic to the lower Trent Valley power stations at Cottam and
West Burton from the Yorkshire and Humber region, the North East and from the East Midlands coalfields to
the Aire Valley power stations.
Worksop and Retford are the main stations on this route. Worksop is managed by Northern Rail whilst
Retford Low Level is managed by East Coast Trains.
The freight only route to Stocksbridge diverges from this route at Nunnery Junction and at Brancliffe East
Junction the South Yorkshire Joint Line diverges towards Doncaster and Kirk Sandall Junction. See Route
specification H.98 for further details.
The route contains 26 level crossings and one major tunnel.
215
Finally this Route Specification includes the single track link at Retford from Thrumpton West Junction to
Retford Western Junction linking the Sheffield to Retford route with the East Coast Main Line at Retford.
Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Sheffield Gainsborough
Section Start
NUJ1/2 158m 1694 yds (Nunnery Main Line Junction), NUJ2 159m 726 yds/41m 1496 yds Nunnery
Junction), MAC3 42m 638 yds (Woodburn Junction), WHR 63m 616 yds (Thrumpton West Junction)
Section End
NUJ1/2 159m 726 yds.41m 1496 yds (Nunnery Junction), MAC3 42m 638 yds (Woodburn Junction), MAC3
73m 242 yds (Trent West Junction), WHR 63m 638 yds, (Retford Western Junction)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6, W7, W8, W9
W9
W9
Signals
Track Circuit Block

and Absolute Block
Woodburn Junction to
Woodhouse Junction.
Track Circuit Block

and Absolute Block
Woodburn Junction to
Woodhouse Junction.

programme of
Management System.
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 60 miles
per hour (mph).
75 mph.
75 mph.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
216
Notes

Current
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Sheffield Retford 40 minutes
No. of
trains per
hour
Sheffield Retford 1 train per

hour (tph) in each direction.
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Sheffield Lincoln 1 hours 24 minutes
Changes in number of passenger train

services per hour:
To be
advised.
Peak train lengthening up to three cars

between Sheffield and Retford/Lincoln in
each direction by December 2013.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Woodburn Junction
Brancliffe East Junction 5

Freight Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
Brancliffe East Junction to

Worksop 12 tpd in each
direction.
Worksop to Cottam Power
Station and West Burton
Power Station 89 tpd in
each direction.

Description of
Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
19
217
Notes

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation Date
Output change
Notes
Thrumpton
Signal
Resignalling
Signalling
renewal.
MAC3
By December 2013
Renewal of asset.
Under construction
Thrumpton
S&C
Renewals
S&C
Renewals
MAC3
By December 2012
Renewal of asset.
Under construction
Woodburn
Junction
Woodhouse
Junction
Signalling
renewal
MAC3
2013/14
Renewal of asset.
In development
Woodburn
Junction
Woodhouse
Junction
Capacity
improvements
MAC3
2013/14
Improved capacity,
performance and
access.
In development

218
SRS H.17 South Transpennine: Dore Hazel Grove

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary interurban route leads in a
westerly direction from Dore, south of Sheffield in South Yorkshire, through the Hope Valley (Hathersage
and Edale) via New Mills South Junction to Hazel Grove, in the metropolitan borough of Stockport, Greater
Manchester.
It is a section of approximately 30 miles of route, all double track with a change of boundary from London
North Eastern to London North Western at Dore West Junction. There is down loop and Cement freight
terminal at Earles. A freight line diverges at Chinley towards Buxton (see Freight Route Specification H98)
and the route diverges at New Mills South Junction towards Hazel Gove and Romiley.
The route between Dore and New Mills South Junction contains seven stations. These consist of two
platforms with the exception of Dore which is a single platform. All are managed by Northern Rail, with
services to Sheffield and Manchester. The route from New Mills South Junction to Hazel Grove East
Junction does not have any stations. At Hazel Grove East the route converges with the Buxton to
Manchester route.
The Hope Valley line carries considerable aggregates traffic from the Peak District quarries and traffic
connected with Hope Cement Works to the North East, East Midlands, North West and London/South east.
The freight route from Buxton and the Peak Forest joins this route at Chinley (see Route Specification H.98).
The route also carries some freight between Manchester and South Humberside.
219
The route carries three distinct passenger services between Manchester and Sheffield. First TransPennine
Express and East Midlands Trains services traverse the Pennines providing an interurban link between
Manchester, Stockport and Sheffield. The third is the local serving the intermediate stations on the route.
The route contains three major tunnels.

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
South TransPennine: Dore Junction Hazel Grove East Junction.
Section Start
DWS 0m 0 yds (Dore West Junction.), MAS 153m 1650 yds (Dore South Junction.), TTA1 168m 855 yds
(Chinley North Junction.), NMC1 172m 235 yds (New Mills South Junction.), HGC 2m 759 yds (Hazel
Grove High Level Junction.)
Section End
DWS 0m 1343 yds (Dore Station Junction), MAS 174m 29 yds (Chinley North Junction), TTA1 172m 439
yds (New Mills South Junction), NMC1 177m 880 yds (Hazel Grove High Level Junction), HGC 2m 1383 yds
(Hazel Grove East Junction)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6, W7
W6, W7
W6, W7
Signals
Mixture of absolute block

and track circuit block.
Mixture of absolute block

and track circuit block.

System (ERTMS).
Speed
90 miles per hour
(mph).
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
capability of rolling stock.
To be advised.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
220
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Manchester Dore local stopper 1 hours 8 minutes
No. of
trains per
hour
Dore Station Junction to New Mills

South Junction 3 trains per hour in
each direction.
Train lengthening up to 4 cars in

December 2012 on interregional Liverpool
to Norwich services in each direction.
New Mills South Junction to Hazel

Grove 2 trains per hour in each
direction.
Train lengthening up to 4 cars in

December 2011 on an evening peak local
Manchester to Sheffield service.
Notes
Manchester Dore fast passing 45 minutes
To be advised.
Northern Hub service specification

December 2019 for four fast services per
hour in each direction plus a stopping train
service every two hours in each direction.
Train Lengthening of inter regional
services in each direction of up to 4 cars
between Cleethorpes and Manchester
International Airport by December 2019 to
provide adequate capacity west of
Doncaster.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Chinley to Dore 22 tpd in

each direction.

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current No. of Level

Crossings
+ 10 Years No. of Level

Crossings
+ 30 Years No. of
Level Crossings
Notes
Supervised:
Crossing policy.
Crossing policy.
There are no level

crossings in this SRS.
Automatic:
User:
221

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Cowburn Tunnel
Journey time
improvements
Permanent
Speed
Restriction
removal
MAS
2013/14
Journey time
improvements.
In
development
Hope Valley to
London
Train
lengthening
(freight)
MAS, DWS
2013/14
To accommodate
longer freight trains.
In
development
Platform
extensions at
Hathersage
To accommodate
longer trains.
MAS
2014
Increase capacity.
Under
construction

Project
Project
Descriptio
n
ELR
Due
Date
Output
change
Dore and Totley resignalling
Renewal
DWS, MAS
2014
19
Renewal of
asset.
In
development
Hope Valley Resignalling
Renewal
DWS, MAS,
TTA1, NMC1,
HGC
2014
19
Renewal of
asset.
In
development
Dore Station Junction doubling.
Capacity &
Performan
ce
improvem
ent
MAS
2014
19
Capacity
improvement.
In
development
Manchester to Sheffield
Journey Time/Capacity
Improvements under the
Northern Hub including
additional tracks in the Hope or
Grindleford area so faster trains
can overtake slower services.
Capacity,
journey
time and
performan
ce
improvem
ent
HGC, NMC1,
TTA1, MAS
2014
19
Capacity,
journey time
improvements.
In
development
222
Notes
Status

Project
Project
Descriptio
n
ELR
Due
Date
Northern Hub/Strategic Freight

Network New Dore South Curve
to provide independent
standage.
Capacity,
journey
time and
performan
ce
improvem
ent
DWS, MAS,
TTA1, NMC1,
HGC
2014
19
Platform lengthening Sheffield

to Manchester
Capacity
improvem
ent
MAS
2014
19
Output
change
Notes
Status
In
development
Capacity
improvement
In
development
.
223
SRS H.18 Sheffield Meadowhall Horbury Junction

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary urban route leads in a
northerly direction from Sheffield Meadowhall in South Yorkshire, through Barnsley and Darton to Horbury
Junction in Wakefield, West Yorkshire.
This route is approximately twenty one miles, all double track and contains five stations. All the stations on
this route are managed by Northern Rail and consist of two platforms, offering services to Sheffield, Leeds,
Huddersfield and Nottingham. Barnsley and Meadowhall are the principal stations on this route. The latter
has four platforms with two platforms serving this route and a further two serving the Sheffield to
Doncaster/Leeds rail corridor.
The route to Penistone and Huddersfield diverges at Barnsley.
The route contains three level crossings, two major tunnels and one major structure, namely Swaithe
Viaduct (SHB63), steel construction (ten spans).
224

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of
Route
Description
Sheffield Meadowhall Horbury Junction
Section
Start
SHB 161m 1144 yds (Wincobank Junction.), PED2 7m 1100 yds (Quarry Junction.), BAH2 52m
1320 yds (Barnsley Station Junction.), CHS 1m 1166 yds (Crigglestone Junction.)
Section End
SHB 173m 1056 yds (Quarry Junction), PED2 6m 946 yds (Barnsley Station Junction.), BAH2 45m
1232 yds (Crigglestone Junction.), CHS 0m 0 yds (Horbury Junction.)
Route
Availability
(RA)
6, 7
6, 7
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
Mixture of Track Circuit Block

and Absolute Block.
Mixture of Track Circuit Block

and Absolute Block.

System (ERTMS).
Speed
80 miles per hour.
80 miles per hour.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See
Sectional
Appendix for
detailed
speed
profiles.
Electrified
225
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Meadowhall to Wakefield Kirkgate:

35 minutes.
Meadowhall to Wakefield
Kirkgate: 35 minutes.
Meadowhall to
Wakefield Kirkgate: 35
minutes.
No. of
trains per
hour
Wincobank Junction to Barnsley 4

trains per hour in each direction.
Changes in the number of

passenger trains per hour:
To be advised.
Barnsley to Horbury Junction 3

trains per hour in each direction.
Notes
Train lengthening by
December 2019 on the
Sheffield to Leeds via
Barnsley corridor.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Sheffield to Meadowhall there are

approximately 12 trains per day in
each direction.
As per the
Strategic Freight
Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
There are no booked freight

services between Meadowhall and
Horbury Junction.

Description
of Level
Crossing
Current Number of
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
226
Notes


Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due
Date
Output
change
Notes
Status
Sheffield Leeds
Journey time
improvements
including
Horbury
Junction
remodelling.
SHB,
PED2,
BAH2,
CHS
2018/1
9
Journey time
improvement
s
In development
Platform extensions
between Sheffield and
Leeds (exclusive) via
Barnsley.
To
accommodate
longer trains
(Chapeltown).
SHB,
BAH2
2014
19
Increased
capacity
In development
227
SRS H.19 Brocklesby Junction Cleethorpes

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this secondary route leads in a south
easterly direction from Brocklesby Junction, through Habrough and Grimsby Town and onto Cleethorpes on
the East Coast.
This is a relatively short section of approximately 13 miles of route forming part of the South Humberside
main line from Doncaster to the east coast towns of Grimsby and Cleethorpes. It is double track as far as
Grimsby Town where it becomes single track for almost three miles into Cleethorpes, with the exception of a
short loop near Grimsby Docks station.
The route contains eight stations with the main stations being Grimsby Town and Cleethorpes. The majority
of the stations are managed by Northern Rail, whilst Grimsby Town and Cleethorpes are managed by First
TransPennine Express.
Services using this route provide a direct link between North East Lincolnshire and South Yorkshire, the
North West of England and the East Midlands.
The route contains 25 level crossings.
228

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Brocklesby Junction Cleethorpes
Section Start
MAC3, 112 miles 918 yards (Cleethorpes)
Section End
MAC3, 99 miles 485 yds (Brocklesby Junction.)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6, W7, W8
W8
W8
Signals

Block and Absolute
Block.
Mixture of Track
Circuit Block and
Absolute Block.

programme of
Management System
(ERTMS).
Speed
Predominant
linespeed 60 miles
per hour (mph)
Brocklesby to
Grimsby.
Raise linespeed to
with infrastructure
characteristics and
stock.
To be advised.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile.
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Predominant
linespeed Grimsby to
Cleethorpes is 40
mph.
Electrified
Not electrified.
229
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Brocklesby Junction
Cleethorpes, 25 minutes
passing interregional
service
Brocklesby Junction Cleethorpes, 25

minutes passing interregional service
Brocklesby Junction
Cleethorpes, 25
minutes passing
interregional service
No. of
trains per
hour
1 train per hour

interregional
Cleethorpes to
Doncaster
1 train every 2 hours
Cleethorpes to Barton
on Humber and 7 trains
per day between
Grimsby and
Lincoln/Newark
(interregional).
Changes in number of passenger trains per

hour:
To be advised.
Notes
Train lengthening of interregional

services of up to 4 cars between
Cleethorpes and Manchester
International Airport by December
2019 to provide adequate capacity
west of Doncaster.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
0 trains per day

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:

Crossing policy.

Crossing policy.
Automatic:
User:
13
230
Notes


Status
Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due Date
Output
change
Platform
extensions at
Habrough.
To accommodate
longer trains.
MAC3
2014 19
Increased
capacity.
In development
Brocklesby
Junction S&C
Renewal
S&C Renewal
MAC3
2014
Renewal
of asset.
In development
Wrawby
Barnetby
Resignalling
Signalling renewal
MAC3, DOW
2014 16
Renewal
of asset.
In development
Humber Road
Junction
Scunthorpe
Capacity
improvements
MAC3 DOW
2014 16
Increased
capacity.
In development
Notes
231
SRS H.20 Penistone Line

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this rural route stretches south and east from
Huddersfield in the Metropolitan borough of Kirklees through Berry Brow and Denby Dale to Penistone and
then through Silkstone Common onto Barnsley in South Yorkshire.
It is a relatively short section of approximately 21 miles of route, mostly single track with passing loops
between Stocksmoor and Shepley and at Penistone. The line becomes double track on the approach to
Barnsley.
The route between Spring Wood Junction and Barnsley Station Junction contains ten stations; all managed
by Northern Rail. Most of the stations are single platforms except for Stocksmoor, Shepley and Penistone.
Paddock Viaduct (PEH/2), wrought iron and stone construction (20 spans)
Lockwood Viaduct (PEH/10, stone construction (36 spans)
Denby Dale Viaduct (PEH/45), stone construction (21 spans).
The route is designated as a Community Rail Route.
There are 16 level crossings on this route.

The route has one long tunnel and six smaller tunnels as it crosses the Pennines.
232

Information
Current
Line of Route
Description
Penistone Line: Huddersfield Spring Wood Junction to Barnsley Station Junction
Section Start
PEH 0m 880 yds (Springwood Junction), PED1 28m 683 yds (Huddersfield Junction.), PED2 0m 0 yds
(West Silkstone Junction).
Section End
PEH 13m 924 yds (Huddersfield Junction.), PED1 29m 286 yds (West Silkstone Junction.), PED2 6m 946
yds (Barnsley Station Junction).
Route
Availability
(RA)
2, 8
Gauge
W6
Retain as now/W6
Retain as now/W6
Signals

System (ERTMS).
Speed
50 miles per hour
(mph).
60 mph.
60 mph.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile.
Electrified
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
233
Notes

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Barnsley Huddersfield, 48
minutes (weekday).
Barnsley Huddersfield,
48 minutes (weekday).
Barnsley
Huddersfield, 48
minutes (weekday).
No. of
trains per
hour
On the Barnsley to
Huddersfield route there is 1
train per hour throughout the
day.
Changes in the number

of passenger trains per
hour:
To be advised.
Notes
Peak train
lengthening
between
Penistone and
Sheffield by
December
2019.
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Nil

Freight Network forecasts

Network forecasts
Notes

Description
of Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:

Crossing policy

Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
14
234
Notes
Planned infrastructure investment works in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)


Project
Project
Description
ELR
Due Date
Output
change
Notes
Status
Capacity on
Penistone line
More frequent
service
between
Huddersfield
and Sheffield
via Penistone.
PEH PED1
PED2
2014 19
New journey
opportunities.
Additional
rolling stock
likely to be
required
Third Party Proposal.
235
SRS H.21 Barton-on-Humber Branch

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this rural route is located in North
Lincolnshire and stretches south and east from Barton-on-Humber through Thornton Abbey and Ulceby to
Harbrough.
This SRS covers approximately 11 miles and is single track from Barton-on-Humber to just south of New
Holland when it becomes double track. The line then reverts to single track on the approach to Ulceby where
it joins the double track route from Immingham to Brocklesby Junction. There is a single line passenger
chord from Ulceby South Junction to Habrough Junction.
The route contains six small stations. The stations at Ulceby, New Holland, Barrow Haven, and Barton-onHumber are all single platforms with the remaining stations consisting of two platforms. All are managed by
Northern Rail.
A shuttle service operates between Cleethorpes and Barton-on-Humber, whilst there are additional services
to Grimsby, Newark North Gate and Manchester Airport from Habrough.
The route contains 31 level crossings.
236

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Line of Route
Description
Barton-on-Humber Branch
Section Start
BRI1 99m 482 yds (Brocklesby Junction), HAU 0m 858 yds (Habrough Junction), BAR2 100m 682 yds
(Ulceby South Junction), BAR 100m 968 yds Ulceby North Junction)
Section End
BRI1 100m 682 yds (Ulceby South Junction), HAU 1m 990 yds (Ulceby South Junction), BAR2 100m 968
yds (Ulceby North Junction), BAR 110m 418 yds (Barton on Humber), BAR 110m 418 yds (Barton on
Humber)
Route
Availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6, W8
W8
W8
Signals
Mixture of track circuit block

and absolute block.
Mixture of track circuit block

and absolute block.

System (ERTMS).
Speed
60 mph.
60 mph.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
Not electrified.
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profile.
Electrified

Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Journey
and
typical
journey
time
Barton on Humber to
(weekday).
Barton on Humber to
(weekday).
Barton on Humber
to Cleethorpes, 24
minutes (weekday).
No. of
trains per
hour
On the Barton on Humber

to Cleethorpes service there
is mainly 1 train every two
hours.
No change.
No change.
237
Notes
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No booked freight traffic.

Network forecasts.

Network forecasts.
Notes

Description of
Level
Crossing

Crossings
Level Crossings
Level Crossings
Supervised:
Automatic:
User:
23


238
Notes
SRS H.90 Immingham and Killingholme Docks

Part of Route H Cross-Pennine, Yorks & Humber and North West, this SRS covers a 12 mile freight only
network of lines serving the Humber Ports complex situated on the south bank of the Humber. The route
links the docks complex and freight terminals at Killingholme, Immingham West and Immingham East with
the passenger railway at Ulceby and with the South Humberside Main Line at Great Coates.
The following freight lines are collectively H.90:
Ulceby North Junction to Humber Road Junction.

o
A two track railway of almost 5 miles. At Humber Road Junction two tracks diverge
towards Immingham West Junction and Killingholme leaving a short single lead section
before the track doubles towards Immingham East.
The busiest section amongst this freight network of lines is between Ulceby North
Junction and Humber Road Junction and on the diverging route towards Immingham
West.
Network Rail owns the route as far as Humber Road Junction.
105 mile post to Immingham East Junction.

o
There are two coal terminals and two major oil terminals in the vicinity of Humber Road
Junction with a further oil terminal near Immingham East Junction.
239
Adjacent to the Humber International Terminal (Association of British Ports) to Killingholme

2m 70ch
o
Immingham East Junction to Pyewipe Road

o
Largely single track and known as the Grimsby Light Railway. This route experiences very
little traffic but can be used occasionally as a diversionary route.
Marsh Lane Junction to Grimsby Docks

o
Single track section of just over two miles leading to various freight terminals.
A mixture of double and single track serving Grimsby Docks. This route experiences very
little traffic.
The following routes are owned by the Association of British Ports:

o
Humber Road Junction to Immingham West Junction/Simon Storage West and Humber
International Terminal (Association of British Ports).This includes an automatic level
crossing.
Humber Road Junction and 105 mile post
106 mile 946 yards at Immingham East Junction towards the Eastern Jetty
Pyewipe Road to Great Coates at 108 miles 748 yards.
There is a Traction Maintenance Depot near Immingham East used for stabling and servicing
freight locomotives.
240
Immingham and Killingholme Docks

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
Line of route
description
Immingham and Killingholme Docks
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W12
W12
Signals
Mix of Track Circuit

Block and Absolute
Block (with local
instructions).
Mix of Track Circuit

Block and Absolute
Block (with local
instructions).

System (ERTMS).
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
Raise line speed as

appropriate in line with
infrastructure
characteristics and
capability of freight traffic
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
+ 30 Years
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate in
conjunction with the Third
Party scheme
No. of trains
per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
52 tpd Immingham West Junction to

Humber Road Junction in each direction
As per forecasts in
Network
As per
forecasts in the
Strategic
Freight Network
8tpd remaining routes in each direction

60 tpd Humber Road Junction to Ulceby
North Junction in each direction.
241
Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Number of level crossings
Supervised:
As determined by Level Crossing

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
29
There is an Automatic Level
Crossing situated on Third
Party land.

Project
Project
Description
ELR
Implementation
Date
Output change
Notes
Status
Humber Ports
ECML (Gauge
Clearance)
Freight gauge
clearance
BRI1, BRI2,
KIL1,KIL2 ,
INW
2014
Gauge
improvement
Freight
gauge
In
development
Immingham East
signal interlocking
and track renewal
Signalling and
track renewal
and
rationalisation
PYE1/PYE2/
BRI2
By December
2013
Renewal of
asset and
rationalisation
In
development
Able UK Freight
proposed new
freight connection
Capacity
improvements
KIL1, KIL2
To be confirmed
Capacity
improvements
In
development
Able UK New
Freight run round
facility at
Killingholme.
Capacity and
performance
improvements
KIL1,KIL2
To be confirmed
Capacity
improvements
In
development

242
SRS H.91 Freight Through Routes

This SRS consists of the following subsections:
Beighton Junction to Woodhouse Junction (BEW)

o
A two track railway linking the Sheffield to Worksop route with Barrow Hill and the Midland
Main Line at Tapton Junction.
Brancliffe East Junction to Kirk Sandall Junction (BKS)

o
Double track for just over three miles as far as Dinnington Junction, then single track for
11.5 miles before there is a small element of double track before the line diverges towards
Doncaster. The single track then extends almost 5 miles to Kirk Sandall Junction where it
links up with the Doncaster to Brocklesby Junction route. The route between Brancliffe East
Junction and Kirk Sandall Junction avoids Doncaster and is known as the South Yorkshire
Joint Line.
There is a run round facility at St. Catherines Junction providing links to Doncaster Down
and Up Yards.
Tapton Junction to Rotherham Masborough Station North Junction (CHR)

o
A double track line avoiding Sheffield although the junction at Masborough Station North is
only single lead. The route provides a direct link between the Midland Main line and
Rotherham / Aldwarke and is also a diversionary route for passenger services.
243
Carcroft Junction to Stainforth Junction (CJS)

o
This is a DB Schenker lease site. An extensive but largely disused yard situated between
the Down and Up main passenger lines between Wakefield and Huddersfield
approximately four miles west of Wakefield. The site contains a Train Crew Relief Point and
a disused Traction Maintenance Depot. A typical day sees up to seven trains in each
direction using the main line between Thornhill LNW Junction and Horbury Junction that
runs either siding of this yard. (Strategic Route Section H.09). Of these circa 50% will stop
at Healey Mills for Train Crew relief purposes. Occasionally a freight train maybe stabled
here.
Knottingley East Junction to Knottingley South Junction (KES)

o
A double track route linking the East Coast Main Line with Crofton West Junction providing
a passenger diversionary capability and a direct route to the Aire Valley power stations.
Healey Mills Yard (Wakefield) (HYM)

o
A double track route avoiding Doncaster.
Hare Park Junction to Crofton West Junction (HPC)

o
A double track route.
Hexthorpe Junction to Bentley Junction to (Doncaster avoiding line) (HJB)

o
A double track route providing a freight diversionary route between South Humberside and
West Yorkshire. The junction at Adwick onto the main Doncaster to Leeds route is a single
lead.
Ferrybridge North Junction to Knottingley West Junction (FKW)

o
Largely a double track route providing the main freight artery between the East Coast Main
Line, South Yorkshire and the Humber Ports.
Skellow Junction to Adwick Junction (SKA)

o
Double track route providing a freight diversionary route between South Humberside and
West Yorkshire. The busiest section of the route is between Stainforth Junction and
Applehurst Junction where the line diverges towards the East Coast Main Line. (See
Applehurst Junction to Joan Croft Junction below). The through route continues to Skellow
Junction and then diverges towards Carcroft Junction and Adwick Junction. The route
towards Carcroft Junction is double but with single leads at the north and south end. The
route between Skellow Junction and Adwick Junction is described below.
Joan Croft Junction to Applehurst Junction (JCA)

o
The route has a loop at Barrow Hill, reception sidings and a Train Crew relief point. There
are also routes diverging towards Bolsover, Markham Vale and Oxcroft, although these are
currently out of use. (See Freight SRS H.98). The route also contains a Down Goods line
at Treeton and an Up Goods loop at Canklow. At nearby Masborough Sorting Sidings
South Junction there is DB Schenker freight site and a Train Crew Depot.
A single chord link allowing freight traffic and in particularly coal trains to directly travel
between Shaftholme and the Aire Valley power stations. There is also a connection to the
Traction Maintenance Depot at Knottingley.
Knottingley West Junction to Shaftholme Junction (KWS)

o
A double track route allowing freight traffic to travel from the East Coast Main line at
Shaftholme Junction to Knottingley and the Aire Valley Power Stations. The junction at
Shaftholme is a single lead junction. Shaftholme Junction remodelling includes for a bridge
244
over the East Coast Main Line thereby providing a more direct link between the Humber
Ports and the Aire Valley Power Stations.
Milford Junction to Gascoigne Wood Junction (MGW)

o
Normanton, Altofts Junction to Colton Junction (NOC) 15miles 220 yards to 20 miles 1606
yards)
o
A single chord linking the Wakefield area with the main line between Sheffield and York.
The route is used by freight traffic serving the Aire Valley Power station at Ferrybridge.
St. James Junction to Bridge Junction Doncaster (SJB)

o
A double track railway linking Castleford with Milford Junction used by freight to the Aire
Valley Power Stations. There is also a connection to the Strategic Freight Site at Ledstone.
Pontefract East Junction to Ferrybridge South Junction (PEF)

o
A double track route providing a key freight link between the East Coast Main Line via
Hambleton and the Aire Valley Power Stations.
A single line chord linking South Yorkshire with the East Coast Main Line at Doncaster. The
connection on to the East Coast Main Line faces south. This chord is used by a mixture of
freight traffic.
Doncaster Low Ellers Curve Junction to Potteric Carr Junction (UDS)

o
A single lead chord diverging off the South Yorkshire Joint Line giving direct access to the
Up freight yards at Doncaster. This route has neither automatic warning system (AWS) nor
Train Protection Warning System (TPWS).
Freight traffic is subject to Timetable fluctuations and is based on average number of trains.
The Signalling system in the table below is abbreviated as follows:
Track Circuit Block - TCB
Absolute Block - AB.
245
Beighton Junction to Woodhouse Junction (BEW)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN816 Beighton Junction to Woodhouse Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W7
W7
W7
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
55 mph
55 mph
55 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
246
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
3 (Down)


Notes
6 (Up)

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
247
Brancliffe East Junction to Kirk Sandall Junction (BKS)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN758 Brancliffe East Junction to Kirk Sandall Junction.
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A / W7
W6A / W7
W6A / W7
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
25
25
25
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
248
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
18 in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
249
Tapton Junction to Rotherham Masborough Station North Junction (CHR)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN806 Tapton Junction to Masborough Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W9/W10/W12
W9/W10/W12
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
75 mph
75 mph
75 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
250
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
251
Carcroft Junction to Stainforth Junction (CJS)

Information
Line of route
description
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
LN842 Stainforth Junction to Adwick Junction &

LN846 Carcroft Junction to Skellow Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W7/W8
W9/W10/W12
W9/W10/W12
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
50 mph
50 mph
50 mph
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
25 mph between
Carcroft Junction to
Skellow Junction
25 mph between
Carcroft Junction to
Skellow Junction
25 mph between Carcroft

Junction to Skellow
Junction
Electrification
None
None
None
252
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Raise line speed as
appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
7 (Down) & 9 (Up) & 1 in

each direction respectively


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
253
Joan Croft Junction to Applehurst Junction (JCA)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN844 Applehurst Loop
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W9/W10/W12
W9/W10/W12
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
254
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
255
Skellow Junction to Adwick Junction (SKA)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN842 Stainforth Junction to Adwick Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
8/9
8/9
8/9
Gauge
W6A
W9/W10/W12
W9/W10/W12
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
50 mph
50 mph
50 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
256
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
7 (Down)


Notes
9 (Up)

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
257
Ferrybridge North Junction to Knottingley West Junction (FKW)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN888 Shaftholme Junction to Ferrybridge North Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W10
W10
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
40 mph
40 mph
40 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
258
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
There are no level crossings in
this route.
259
Hexthorpe Junction to Bentley Junction to (Doncaster avoiding line) (HJB)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN766 Bentley Junction to Hexthorpe Junction (Doncaster Avoiding Line)
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W10
W10
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
50 mph
50 mph
50 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
260
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
261
Hare Park Junction to Crofton West Junction (HPC)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN848 Hare Park Junction to Crofton West Junction
Route
availability (RA)
Gauge
W9
W10/W12
W10/W12
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
55 mph
55 mph
55 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
262
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
263
Healey Mills Yard (Wakefield) (HYM)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
Not shown
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
264
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
0 2 in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
265
Knottingley East Junction to Knottingley South Junction (KES)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN894 Knottingley South Junction to Knottingley East Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
10 mph
10 mph
10 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
266
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
There are no level crossings
in this route.
267
Knottingley West Junction to Shaftholme Junction (KWS)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN888 Shaftholme Junction to Ferrybridge North Junction.
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W10
W10
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout of
Management System
Speed
60 mph
60 mph
60 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
speed profiles
Electrification
268
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
20
269
Milford Junction to Gascoigne Wood Junction (MGW)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN804 Tapton Junction to Gascoigne Wood (via Sheffield)
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W10
W10
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
270
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
271
Normanton, Altofts Junction to Colton Junction (NOC 15miles 220 yards to 20

miles 1606 yards)
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN854 Hall Royd Junction to Skelton Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W10
W10
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
60 mph
60 mph
60 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
272
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
273
Pontefract East Junction to Ferrybridge South Junction (PEF)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN892 Pontefract East Junction to Ferrybridge South Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
274
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
12 Down


Notes
14 Up

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
275
St. James Junction to Bridge Junction Doncaster (SJB)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN832 Doncaster Bridge Junction to St. James Junction
Route
availability (RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
276
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
6 in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
277
Doncaster Low Ellers Curve Junction to Potteric Carr Junction (UDS)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN704 Low Ellers Curve
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9
W9
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
278
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
6 Down


Notes
8 Up

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
279
SRS H.98 Freight Trunk Routes

The following non electrified freight lines are collectively H.98 LNE. Whilst all routes are shown only those
routes within Network Rail ownership and that appear in the Sectional Appendix and see regular freight use
are shown in further detail.
Alexandra Dock to Hessle Road Junction (ADH1/2), Hull Hessle Road Junction to Saltend
(HJS) including King George Dock Hull (KGD)
o
Attercliffe Goods Yard (AGY)

o
A single track branch from Hessle Road Junction to the boundary with the Associated
British Ports with a small section of double track approaching the above junction. Network
Rail ownership extends from Hessle Road Junction at 0 miles 0 yards to 5 miles 1364
yards. See map below for further route information.
Two loops leading to a Private Siding / yard situated between Sheffield and Brightside. The
siding / yard is served by one freight tpd.
Barrow Hill North (Goods Line) Junction to Seymour Junction (BAC2) & Elmton and
Creswell Junction to Seymour Junction (BAC3)
o
Former single track section for just over a mile before it became double track leading from
Barrow Hill North Junction to a number of former East Midlands collieries in the
Bolsover/Seymour/Oxcroft area. Closed under Short Term Network Change.
280
Shepcote Lane East Junction to Broughton Lane Junction (BLJ)

o
Two track balloon shaped loop with elements of bi directional working and a small single
track section linking the power station with the Goole to Knottingley main line at Drax
Branch Junction. The double track section between 0 miles 0 yards and 4 miles 352 yards
is in Network Rail ownership. The rest of the route is within the Drax Group PLC complex.
See map below for further route information.
Dewsbury East Junction to Dewsbury Railway Street (DRS1)

o
Double track from Clarborough Junction as far as the Network Rail boundary at 71 miles
1738 yards linking the power stations at Cottam with the main line at Clarborough Junction.
The remainder of the route is within the power station boundary. The plants are owned by
EDF and E-On UK. See map below for further route information.
Drax Power Station (DRA)

o
Brightside Junction (TJC2 162 miles 814 yards to Shepcote Lane West Junction (SEL
161m 528 yards) is closed. The rest of the route from Shepcote Lane as far as 159 miles
1672 yards is open but sees no or very little traffic. The remainder of the route towards
Treeton is closed.
Clarborough Junction to Cottam Power Station (Torksey Branch) (TYB1 & CPS)
o
Engineers test track but no booked freight traffic.
Brightside to Treeton Junction (Tinsley Yard) (BTJ) up to 159 miles 1672 yards
o
Known as the Ledstone Branch. Currently out of use but recently required as a strategic
freight site. The rest of the route is owned by the Local Authority.
Barlow Tip Branch (BTB)

o
Former single track route leading from the former Seymour Junction area to former East
Midlands collieries. This route is closed under Short Term Network Change up to 7 miles
220 yards. There is a Third Party proposal to develop a freight terminal at Markham Vale
which will see part of this route as far as 7 miles 220 yards returned to an operational
status. The route beyond 7 miles 220 yards has recently been permanently closed.
Bowers Row Opencast (Castleford) (BOO) Network Rail ownership up to 6 mile post
o
Single track spur facing south west providing a link between the Woodburn Junction to
Aldwarke main line and Tinsley yard. Also known as the S.W. curve. Closed under Short
Term Network Change.
Bolsover Colliery (Seymour Junction to Bolsover) (BOC1)

o
There is a Third Party proposal to develop a freight terminal at Markham Vale which will
see part of the route between Barrow Hill North Junction / Foxlow Junction and Bolsover
returned to an operational status. The route between Seymour Junction and Oxcroft
Junction is closed under Short Term Network Change and is permanently closed between
Oxcroft Junction and Elmton and Creswell.
Short single track route leading to a freight terminal. Whilst it is operational there are
currently no booked freight trains using this line. See map below for further route
information.
Eggborough Power Station (EGG1)

o
Single track balloon shaped loop linking the power station with the Goole to Knottingley
main line at Whitley Bridge Junction. The power station is operated by the EDF Group. The
connection is within the Network Rail boundary and the gauge for the connection and
approach lines is W8. There are 22 freight trains per day serving the power station.
281
Frickley Colliery Branch (FRC1)
Goole Docks Line (GDL) & Engine Shed Junction to Goole Docks (WAG3 73m 1144 yards to
74m 0 yards)
o
A single balloon shaped loop linking the Scottish and Southern Energy power station with
the Moorthorpe to York main line at Ferrybridge Power Station Junction. The connection to
the power station is within Network Rail ownership with the remainder of the line owned by
the Central Electricity Generating Board
12 freight trains per day serve the power station.
Deepcar to Cleethorpes : Stocksbridge Line 33m 588 yards to 42m 745 yards (MAC3)
A single line serving the colliery with a connection off the South Yorkshire Joint Line that
links Worksop and Doncaster. Whilst there are no booked freight services, the line sees
occasional use of between one and four trains per day in each direction. Only the
connection to this site is within Network Rail ownership.
Manton Colliery Branch (MAN1/2)

o
A single track line from Woodburn Junction serving the steel terminal at Stocksbridge. The
Network Rail boundary extends from Woodburn Junction to 33 miles 440 yards. See map
below for further route information.
Maltby Colliery Branch Junction to Maltby Colliery (MAM1/2)

o
Situated one mile east of Leeds. The route comprised of a single line linking the DBS site at
Hunslet East with the Leeds to York / Hull route at Neville Hill. See map below for further
route information.
Ferrybridge Power Station (JMM)
A single track chord linking the former East Midlands coalfields with the Tapton Junction to
Masborough Station North Junction main line at Foxlow Junction. This route is closed
under Short Term Network Change.
Hunslet East Goods (Leeds) (HUE)

o
A single track line serving a former colliery and freight terminal. The route diverges off the
South Yorkshire Joint Line at Firbeck Junction. This route is closed under Short Term
Network Change
Hall Lane Junction to Foxlow Junction (HLF1/2)

o
Single line leading from Goole to the yard and Goole Docks. Goole Yard is leased to DBS
and the docks are owned by the Associated British Ports. The west end access from
Engine Shed Junction sees no traffic as it is out of use. There are two trains per day in
each direction from the docks complex towards Goole.
Harworth Colliery : Firbeck Junction to Harworth (HAC)

o
This is a former single track line leading to the former South Yorkshire colliery.
This route is closed.
Single track siding. See map below for further route information.
Monk Bretton Branch (MKB) and Oakenshaw South Junction to Crofton East Junction
(OSC)
o
This double line diverges at Crofton East Junction and serves a freight facility at Monk
Bretton. The double track route becomes a single track route at 181 miles 1584 yards at
Oakenshaw South Junction. It is here that a single lead chord from Oakenshaw joins the
282
Monk Bretton branch. There is a loop at Monk Bretton. See map below for further route
information.
Normanby Park Branch (formerly Scunthorpe West Junction to Normanby Park (NOP)
o
Oakenshaw South Junction to Oakenshaw Junction (OAJ)

o
Former single track route leading from the former Seymour Junction area to a UK coal
freight facility at Seymour. This route is closed under Short Term Network Change.
Shireoaks West Junction to Woodend Junction (SHW)

o
Situated circa two and half miles south of Rotherham Central station this single lead chord
provides a link from the Mexborough to Woodburn Junction main line to Tinsley Yard. See
map below for further route information.
Seymour Colliery Branch (Barrow Hill) (SEY)

o
A series of freight reception lines and sidings within a DBS lease site approximately half a
mile east of Scunthorpe station.
Shepcote Lane West Junction to Tinsley South Junction (SEL)

o
A single line serving the Foreign Ore terminal at Scunthorpe. See map below for further
route information.
Scunthorpe, Trent Junction to Dawes Lane Junction (SCD)

o
Situated near Aldwarke on the Sheffield to Doncaster / Leeds route. Consists of a series of
sidings that act as an interchange point for an industrial line up to the former colliery and
steel plant. No traffic currently uses this facility.
Santon Ore Branch (Scunthorpe) (SAN)

o
Just over 3miles west of Hull a single track line diverges off the main line at Hessle East
Junction to serve Hull freight yard and a freight terminal at Dairycoates. One train per day in
each direction serves the freight terminal at Dairycoates. Only the connections are part of
the Network Rail infrastructure.
Roundwood Chord Junction to Silverwood Colliery Line (RSC)

o
Former single track route leading from the former Seymour Junction area to a former UK
coal opencast site. This route is closed under Short Term Network Change.
Hull Yard to Dairycoates (PHC)

o
A single track chord linking the Monk Bretton branch with Oakenshaw and Wakefield area.
There are no booked freight services using this chord. See map below for further route
information.
Oxcroft Junction to Oxcroft Opencast (OXO)

o
Situated approximately half a mile east of Scunthorpe, a single track branch linking the
Roxby Gullet waste management freight terminal with the Doncaster to Brocklesby main
line at Scunthorpe. There is also a connection to Flixborough Wharf Limited. See map
below for further route information.
This single lead western goods chord provides a direct link between the Shirebrook main
line and the Worksop to Sheffield main line and the South Yorkshire Joint Line towards
Doncaster and South Humberside. See map below for further route information.
Skipton Middle Junction to Grassington (SKS1/2)
283
A single track line of just over eight miles from Skipton to the freight terminal at Rylstone.
The Network Rail boundary is at SKS2 6 miles 1100 yards with the remainder of the route
owned by the freight terminal. See map below for further route information.
There is a proposal for the Privately Owned Embsay and Bolton Abbey Steam Railway to
extend their railway towards Skipton with a link onto our infrastructure at the former
Embsay Junction.
Spring Bank North Junction to Walton Street Junction (SPW)

o
Scunthorpe Yards (SSH)

o
This former route diverged of the Wakefield to Normanton main line at MVN2 49miles 1496
yards and served the former Welbeck colliery in Yorkshire. This route is closed.
Woodburn Junction to Mexborough Junction (WME)

o
A single track serving a freight terminal near Rotherham with the Sheffield to
Doncaster/Leeds main line. Currently this route sees no booked freight traffic. The
connection to this site is within the Network Rail boundary. The rest forms part of a Private
Siding.
Welbeck Branch (WBK)

o
A single track balloon shaped loop linking the three plants at West Burton Power Station
with the Sheffield to Lincoln/Gainsborough Central main line at West Burton East Junction
and West Burton West Junction. Beyond the junction connections the route is within the
power station boundary. 13 freight tpd serve this power station.
Westgate Branch (Rotherham) (WBH)

o
This former two track route linked Tinsley Yard with the Tapton Junction to Masborough
Station North Junction main line. This route is closed.
West Burton Power Station (WBC)

o
This route is closed with the majority of the route outside of Network rail ownership.
Treeton North Junction to Catcliffe Junction (TNC)

o
Situated approximately half a mile east of Scunthorpe station on the upside of the
Doncaster to Brocklesby main line. The yards feature Up and Down goods loops, reception
line and a series of sidings. These sidings are outside the Network Rail boundary and
provide a link to the Tata Steelworks complex. Up to 20 freight trains per day use this site to
serve the various freight terminals and for train crew relief purposes.
Cudworth to Sandal and Walton (TJC3 175m 309 yards to 181m 320 yards)
o
A single track chord providing a direct link between the Hull Docks branch and the Hull to
Bridlington route. There are no booked freight services over this chord. See map below for
further route information.
A double track main line from Aldwarke Junction to Tinsley East Junction via Rotherham
Central. From Tinsley East Junction to Woodburn Junction the route is single track
although the junction at Woodburn Junction is double. The section of route between
Tinsley South Junction and Rotherham Parkgate will see the introduction of a Tram Train
passenger service (3tph in each direction) serving Sheffield, Rotherham Central and
Rotherham Parkgate. A new connection at Tinsley South Junction will provide a direct link
with the existing South Yorkshire Tram Network and the heavy rail network. A new
turnback station platform is planned at the Rotherham Parkgate retail site. See map below
for further route information.
St. Catherine Junction to Decoy South Junction (Doncaster) (YDS)
284
A single lead chord diverging off the South Yorkshire Joint Line at Low Ellers Curve
Junction to the Great Northern Great Eastern Joint Line (GN&GE) and the Doncaster
Down Yard complex. See map below for further route information.
The Signalling system in the table below is abbreviated as follows:

Track Circuit Block - TCB
Absolute Block - AB.
Alexandra Dock to Hessle Road Junction (ADH1/2), Hull Hessle Road Junction to Saltend
(HJS) including King George Dock Hull (KGD)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN916 Hessle Road to Saltend (0m 0yards to 5m 1364 yards)
Route
availability
(RA)
7/8
7/8
7/8
Gauge
W8
W10/12
W10/12
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
30 mph
30 mph
30 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
285
Notes
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
9 trains in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
There are no level crossings on
this route.
286
Clarborough Junction to Cottam Power Station (Torksey Branch) (TYB1 & CPS)
Information
Current
Line of route
description
LN746 Cottam Power Station Branch 68m 704 yards to 71m 1738 yards
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W7
W7
W7
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
Predominantly 40mph
Up. Down line varies
between 20 and 40mph
Predominantly 40mph
Up. Down line varies
between 20 and 40mph
Predominantly 40mph Up.

Down line varies between
20 and 40mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
+ 10 Years
287
+ 30 Years
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
12 trains serve the Power

Station


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
288
Drax Power Station (DRA)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN896 Drax Power Station Branch 0m 0yards to 4m 352yards
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS)
Speed
Down 45mph, Up
55mph
Down 45mph, Up
55mph
Down 45mph, Up 55mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
289
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
35 trains serve the Power

Station


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
10
290
Dewsbury East Junction to Dewsbury Railway Street (DRS1)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN864 Dewsbury Railway Street Branch
Route
availability (RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
One train working where

a staff is not provided
One train working

where a staff is not
provided
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
291
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Nil


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
There are no level crossings on
this route.
292
Hunslet East Goods (Leeds) (HUE)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN900 Neville Hill West Junction to Hunslet East
Route
availability
(RA)
10
10
10
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
293
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
1 train in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
294
Deepcar to Cleethorpes: Stocksbridge Line 33m 588 yards to 42m 745 yards
(MAC3)
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN750 Woodburn Junction to Deepcar
Route
availability (RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
One train working where

a staff is not provided.
One train working

provided.
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
30mph
30mph
30mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
295
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
1 train in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
296
Manton Colliery Branch (MAN1/2)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
Manton Wood Junction to Manton Wood Headshunt (Manton Colliery

Branch)
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
5 mph
5mph
5mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
297
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
298
Monk Bretton Branch (MKB) and Oakenshaw South Junction to Crofton East
Junction (OSC)
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
Line of route
description
LN886 Monk Bretton Loop to Crofton East Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
One Train Working

provided.
One Train Working

provided.
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
40 mph Oakenshaw
South Junction to Monk
Bretton, 30mph Crofton
East Junction to
Oakenshaw South
Junction
40 mph Oakenshaw
East Junction to
Oakenshaw South
Junction
40 mph Oakenshaw
East Junction to
Oakenshaw South
Junction
Electrification
None
None
None
299
+ 30 Years
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
2-3 trains per week in each

direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:
Crossing policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
300
Normanby Park Branch (formerly Scunthorpe West Junction to Normanby Park

(NOP)
Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN756 Scunthorpe Trent Junction to Roxby
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
One Train Working

where a staff is
provided.
One Train Working

where a staff is
provided.
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
301
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
302
Oakenshaw South Junction to Oakenshaw Junction (OAJ)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN884 Oakenshaw South Junction to Oakenshaw Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
303
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Nil.


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
304
Santon Ore Branch (Scunthorpe) (SAN)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN754 Scunthorpe Foreign Ore Branch
Route
availability
(RA)
10
10
10
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
305
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
14 in each direction.


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
306
Shepcote Lane West Junction to Tinsley South Junction (SEL)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN810 Shepcote Lane West Junction to Tinsley South Junction
Route
availability (RA)
10
10
10
Gauge
W8
W8
W8
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
30 mph
30 mph
30 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
307
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
2 in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
308
Shireoaks West Junction to Woodend Junction (SHW)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN782 Woodend Junction to Shireoaks West Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
20 mph
20 mph
20 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
309
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
6 in each direction


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
310
Skipton Middle Junction to Grassington (SKS1/2)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN930 Skipton Middle Junction to Rylstone
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
One Train Working

provided.
One Train Working

provided.
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
15 mph
15 mph
15 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
311
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
12
312
Spring Bank North Junction to Walton Street Junction (SPW)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN918 Springbank North Junction to Walton Street Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W6A
W6A
W6A
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
313
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Nil


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
314
Woodburn Junction to Mexborough Junction (WME)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Notes
Line of route
description
LN830 Aldwarke Junction to Woodburn Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W8
W10
W10
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
Varies between 30mph

and 55mph

and 55mph

and 55mph
Raise line speed as

appropriate
None
WME 2m 484 yards

to circa 6m 0 yards,
750 DC
WME 2m 484 yards to

circa 6m 0 yards, 750
DC
Subject to Tram
Train proposal.
Increase gauge as
appropriate
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
315
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
6 in each direction


Notes
3 passenger trains per hour

in each direction proposed
between Rotherham circa 6
mile post and Tinsley South
Junction 2 miles 484 yards.

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
316
St. Catherine Junction to Decoy South Junction (Doncaster) (YDS)

Information
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Line of route
description
LN762 St. Catherines Junction to Decoy South Junction (St. Catherines

Curve)
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
W9
W9
W9
Signals
TCB
TCB
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
25 mph
25 mph
25 mph
None
None
None
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification
317
Notes
Increase gauge as
appropriate
Raise line speed as

appropriate
Number of
trains per day
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
Supervised:

policy
Crossing policy
Automatic:
User:
0
this route.
318
SRS H.99 Other Freight Routes

Geographic map showing H.99 Other Freight Routes

The following Strategic Route Sections (SRS) are those that are freight only and other empty coaching stock
train routes accessed via Strategic Route H. This document outlines each SRS identified and outlines the
main characteristics of the route concerned. The order in which these routes are described is that order
borne by the associated Strategic Route Section within Route H from which they are accessed. For
example, the freight only line between Sandbach and Northwich via Middlewich is accessed at the
Sandbach end from SRS H.22 Manchester Piccadilly to Crewe. Although this example is also accessed
from SRS H.30 Guide Bridge and Stockport to Mouldsworth, it will be described when considering the lowest
numbered SRS.
319
SRS H.22 Manchester Piccadilly to Crewe

Sydney Bridge (former site of) Sandbach Manchester Independent Lines
Accessed from Crewe Basford Hall or Salop Goods Junction, these two lines the Down or Up Independent
Lines emerge via the grade separated tunnel at the north of Crewe either side of the Down and Up Wilmslow
Lines. With a maximum line speed of 60 mph reducing to 50mph at 162m 17ch, they run to Sandbach South
Junction where they converge with the Wilmslow Lines via 25mph crossovers. The route is AC Over Head
Electrified.
The principle traffic flow along this route is from Crewe Basford Hall and beyond to Manchesters Trafford
Park freight terminal.
Information
Current
+ 10years
+ 30 years
Line of route
description
NW5001Crewe North junction to Manchester Piccadilly
Route
availability (RA)
Gauge
W9 and 10
W9 and 10
W9 and 10
Signals
Track Circuit Block
Subject to rollout
System (ERTMS).
Speed
60 (50) mph
60 (50) mph
60 (50) mph
AC Over Head 25 KV
AC Over Head 25 KV
AC Over Head 25 KV
Notes
Raise line speed as

appropriate
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification

Days Of week
Current
Route section
Sydney Bridge Junction

(former site of) to Sandbach
South Junction
Number of
trains per day
Up to 30 - 35 trains per day

Up and Down
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years


320
Notes

Description
of level
crossing

crossings
level crossings
+ 30 Years number
of level crossings
Supervised:
As recommended by
As recommended by
Automatic:
User:
Notes
There are no level

crossings in this route.
Sandbach North Junction to Northwich West Junction NW3029

Accessed at Sandbach South Junction from the south only via the Up and Down Platform Line and running via
Middlewich to Northwich West Junction forming a triangle with SRS H.30 the unelectrified route is approximately eight
and a half miles long.
The route is caters for infrequent services for the Albion Inorganic Sidings via Up and Down Middlewich line which
diverges at Sandbach North Junction from the Up Middlewich Branch. Both lines are 15 mph for their approximate three
quarter mile length.
At Elworth Junction the Up and Down Middlewich Branch is a single track with access to British Salt accessed from the
Sandbach direction only. The route is maximum 20mph through to Northwich West Junction, with the loop forming the
Down Middlewich Loop and Up Middlewich Loop at Middlewich accessed via 20mph crossovers.
The route was formally used in the early WCRM upgrade period for diversions for the Chester direction, however the
route is no longer maintained for passenger running.

Information
Current
+ 10years
+ 30 years
Line of route
description
NW3029 Sandbach North junction to Northwich West Junction
Route
availability (RA)
RA8
RA8
RA8
Gauge
W7
W7
W7
Signals
Track Circuit Block
Track Circuit Block
Subject to rollout
System
321
Notes
Speed
20 (15) mph
20 (15) mph
20 (15) mph
None
None
None
Raise line speed as

appropriate
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrification

Days Of week
Current
Route section
Sandbach North junction to

Northwich West Junction
Number of
trains per day
Less than one train per day

in each direction.
Notes
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years



Description
of level
crossing

crossings
level crossings
+ 30 Years number
of level crossings
Supervised:
As recommended by
As recommended by
Automatic:
User:
Notes
There are no level

crossings in this route.
SRS H.24 Deansgate to Allerton NW6003

Trafford Park Freightliner Terminal
Accessed from Trafford Park West Junction, a 15 mph crossover the various parts of the Trafford Park
Terminal are available. Although the whole facility is not electrified, the connections and main reception
roads are AC Over Head 25 KV Electrified. There is no eastern direction access or egress.
There is one path most hours timetabled in and out of the facility which caters for service operated principally
by Freightliner and DBS. Freight forecasts in terms of commodity tonnage growth suggest this will increase
to two paths per hour from 2019. The facility accepts RA8, W9 and W10.
322
SRS H.30 Guide Bridge Junction and Stockport to Mouldsworth

NW3023
Partington Line Branch for Shell Oil
Accessed from SRS H.30 at Skelton Junction, this line is now out of use.
Winnington Branch- Brunner Mond Oakleigh Sidings (Chemicals) NW3025

TCB signalling from Greenbank SB this non electrified branch is accessed form either direction at Hartford
North and East Junctions merging to a single line then into a separate reception and departure roads. The
total facility is approximately one mile long and is diesel only. Access is at 15mph off the main line via both
chords to the single line.
Hartford CLC/West Coast Main Line Chord NW3033

Accessed either from the West Coast or from Hartford CLC Junction on SRS.30 NW3023, the up and down
branch merges into a single chord linking the West Coast Main Line all at 15 mph. Signalling is TCB from
Greenbank, the route is AC Overhead Electrified 25 KV only as a run out from the WCML.
The route is used for services accessing the north Cheshire and south Manchester area via this SRS and
also Network Rail Network Trains for engineering works.
SRS H.32 Blackpool North Branch NW4005
Burn Naze Branch NW4009

This branch accessed at Poulton-Le-Fylde is an unelectrified single goods line with short loop. Although
formerly a passenger two tack railway the route was last used in connection with services for the Burn Haze
Power Station.
At the time of compilation of this document (August 2011), the route is temporarily out of use with a Network
Change proposal to make this closure permanent.
Blackpool Carriage Sidings (North West)

These sidings cater manly for Northern Rail diesel rolling stock operating the Barrow, Blackpool North and
Blackpool South services. There is also some TransPennine Express rolling stock stabled here.
Controlled by Blackpool North No 2 via Blackpool North Power GF (15mph) and Blackpool North No 2, No1
siding crossovers to either the Down Main for platforms 1-3 or the UP Main for platform 4-8.
323
SRS H.33 Edge Hill to Manchester Victoria (Via Earlestown) and to

Wigan NW2015
Bootle Branch NW2027/9
This diesel only two track route linking SRSH33 with the Liverpool and Alexandra docks, via the Bootle extension line, is
now accessed from the easterly direction along H.33 via the recently reinstated Olive Mount Chord. The period between
the closure and reinstatement of this chord, services were required to run into Edge Hill, run round and then travel via
Bootle Branch Junction onto the route, which is still available.
The Bootle branch is in total six miles in length running radially around the city centre to the docks. There are three
tunnels along the route ranging from 288 to 339 yards as well as a number of smaller structures. This two track branch is
a 20mph maximum speed, TCB from Edge Hill SB. At the NWR limits into the docks the speed reduces to 10mph.
This route services containers and other commodities to and from Liverpool docks.
Pilkington Glass Oil Sidings (North West)

After SRS H.33 diverges at Huyton Junction, via the route section via St Helens, these sidings can be
accessed close to Pilkington viaduct, via the Down Goods Loop. The route includes a short loop and run
round facility before opening out into the Ravenhead works to receive the Oil service for Pilkington Glass.
St Helens Sutton Oak Chemical Branch via Ravenhead Junction NW2025

This route is accessed immediately south of St Helens from and to the north direction and is no longer used.
Ince Moss Goods Branch NW1025

This two track part AC Overhead Electrified section of route leads from the currently diesel only SRS H.33 St
Helens Branch to the West Coast Main Line to and from the south via Goods Lines. The electrification is the
run out associated with the WCML route. Line speed is 20 mph and is TCB controlled from Warrington PSB
It s accessed on SRS H.33 a single lead at Ince Moss Junction and is used to cater for freight services in the
St Helens and Liverpool area.
Up and Down Lowton Branch NW1021

This route links with the Chat Moss or SRS H.33 with the West Coast Main Line at Golborne services
between Manchester and Wigan. This route is not freight only. It is used for diversions and for passenger
services during engineering on other routes.
The route is Over Head AC 25 KV, TCB controlled from Warrington PSB with a 20 mph line speed.
Up Goods Loop Eccles NW2015

Accessed from SRS H.33 at Eccles this diesel only lop forms a passing loop for services in perturbation or
regulated to provide suitable margins before accessing the onward route through Manchester.
The 40 mph loop also provides access the Waste Terminal NW2017 via the 15 mph Up and Down Waste
Branch
SRS H.10 Manchester Victoria Stalybridge and Heaton Lodge

Castleton to Bolton Line NW7005
Accessed at Castleton South Junction, this diesel only line runs for three quarters of a mile under Network
Rail control to the boundary with the East Lancs. Railway Company.
324
SRS I.04 Worksop/Chesterfield Nottingham

Geographic map showing I.04 Worksop/Chesterfield Nottingham

The lines between Worksop and Nottingham and between Chesterfield and Nottingham form part of
Route I London and East Midlands. This secondary route is basically two track along its 84km with a
four track section between Trowell Junction and Pye Bridge Junction and single track between Bulwell
and Kirkby-in-Ashfield. It has 13 stations, typically consisting of two platforms with the exception of
those on the single track section which have one platform. A third platform is provided at Mansfield
Woodhouse which forms a turnback bay. There are 249 bridges along this route one of which is the
listed Mansfield Viaduct.
Unusually, between Bulwell and Hucknall the formation is shared with the Nottingham Express Transit
(NET) tramway electrified at 750v DC, although the Network Rail and NET parallel single tracks are
owned and operated independently of each other.
This route links South Yorkshire and north Nottinghamshire with the city of Nottingham and carries the
Norwich Liverpool and Nottingham Leeds interurban services as well as the Robin Hood line local
suburban services in the Nottingham Worksop corridor. Both the Norwich Liverpool and the Robin
Hood line services have shown strong growth in recent years and have proved highly successful in
rebuilding the passenger market for rail in areas where for many years there had been little or no
presence. This SRS also supports various freight operations.
Connections to private sidings serving coal disposal points exist at Codnor Park (Forge & Monument)
and Doe Hill and to the heritage Midland Railway Centre, also at Codnor Park.
325
Historically there had been problems of poor performance on the Nottingham Worksop line but
matters have significantly improved lately as a result of small scale linespeed and signalling
improvements recently completed in the corridor.

Information
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
Line of route
description
Mansfield Junction to
Trowell Junction
Mansfield Junction to
Trowell Junction
Mansfield Junction
to Trowell Junction
Section start
Mansfield Junction
Mansfield Junction
Mansfield Junction
Section end
Trowell Junction
Trowell Junction
Trowell Junction
Line of route
description
Trent East Junction

to Clay Cross North
Junction
Trent East Junction

to Clay Cross North
Junction
Trent East Junction

to Clay Cross North
Junction
Section start
Trowell South
Junction
Trowell South
Junction
Trowell South
Junction
Section end
Clay Cross North

Junction
Clay Cross North

Junction
Clay Cross North

Junction
Line of route
description
Radford Junction to
Kirkby Lane End
Junction
Radford Junction to
Kirkby Lane End
Junction
Radford Junction to
Kirkby Lane End
Junction
Section start
Radford Junction
Radford Junction
Radford Junction
Section end
Kirkby Lane End

Junction
Kirkby Lane End

Junction
Kirkby Lane End

Junction
Line of route
description
Codnor Park Junction

to Shirebrook
Junction
Codnor Park
Junction to
Shirebrook Junction
Codnor Park
Junction to
Shirebrook
Junction
Section start
Kirkby Lane End

Junction
Kirkby Lane End

Junction
Kirkby Lane End

Junction
Section end
Mansfield
Woodhouse
Mansfield
Woodhouse
Mansfield
Woodhouse
Line of route
description
Mansfield
Woodhouse to
Shireoaks East
Junction
Mansfield
Woodhouse to
Shireoaks East
Junction
Mansfield
Woodhouse to
Shireoaks East
Junction
326
Notes
Section start
Mansfield
Woodhouse
Mansfield
Woodhouse
Mansfield
Woodhouse
Section end
Shireoaks East
Junction
Shireoaks East
Junction
Shireoaks East
Junction

Line of route
description
Woodend Junction to
Shireoaks West
Junction
Woodend Junction to
Shireoaks West
Junction
Woodend Junction
to Shireoaks West
Junction
Section start
Woodend Junction
Woodend Junction
Woodend Junction
Section end
Shireoaks West
Junction
Shireoaks West
Junction
Shireoaks West
Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
7,8
7,8
7,8
Gauge
W6,W8
Trowell Jn Clay
Cross W10/12.
Remainder as current.
Trowell Jn Clay
Cross W10/12.
Remainder as
current
Signals
A mixture of track
circuit block with some
absolute block
sections
Track circuit block
European Rail
Traffic Management
System (ERTMS) on
the Erewash Valley
line only
Subject to the roll-out

programme for ERTMS
Speed
Various speeds to
maximum normal
permitted linespeed of
80 mph on the
Erewash Valley and
75mph on the
Nottingham to
Workshop line
Linespeed on fast lines

increased to 90mph on
the Erewash Valley
line and to 75mph on
the Nottingham to
Worksop line, where
rolling stock can take
advantage of the
higher speed.
Raise the lower

speeds along the
route to the
maximum linespeed
of the route where
the rolling stock can
take advantage of
the higher speed
Linespeed improvements on
the Erewash Valley line are
in development for CP4 as
recommended in the East
Midlands Route Utilisation
Strategy (RUS). A third
party funded scheme is in
development to improve the
linespeed on the
Nottingham to Worksop line.
Non-electrified
OHL Trowell Junction

Clay Cross
See Sectional
Appendix for
detailed speed
profiles
Electrified
327
See Network RUS:

Electrification. Electrification
of the Trowell Junction
Clay Cross section is an
option in the MML
Electrification Programme
under development for CP5
Passenger train service level (trains per hour)

Days of week
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
Notes
Journey and
typical
journey time
Clay Cross South

Junction to Mansfield
Junction
Reduced by minute
in each direction
between Trent East
Junction and Clay
Cross North Junction
for local and interurban
services
Reduce the journey

time of interurban
and local services as
low as possible in
line with linespeed
improvements and
changes in rolling
stock
CP4 scheme in
development to improve the
linespeeds between Trent
East Junction and Clay
Cross North Junction
1 LDHS interurban
1 LDHS interurban
1 LDHS interurban
3 local
3 local
3 local
1 Leeds Nottingham
service
1 Liverpool Norwich
service
29 minutes
Shireoaks East
Junction to Mansfield
Junction
60 minutes
No. of trains
per hour
1 Worksop Nottingham
1 Mansfield Woodhouse
Nottingham

Days of week
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
No. of trains
per day*

Strategic Freight
Network
As per forecasts in
Network
Notes
*Trains in a single direction on an average weekday

Description
of level
crossing
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
No. of level crossings
No. of level
crossings
Supervised
As determined by level
crossing policy
As determined by
level crossing policy
Automatic
User
18
328
Notes
Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of Control Period 4 (2009 - 2014)

Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 - 2014)
Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Status
Robin Hood
Line recontrol
Signalling renewals
RAC
PBS2
PBS3
2011
Renewed asset
In development
Whitwell
Tunnel
Removal of tunnel
PSE
2012
Third party
development
In development
Hope Valley to
London freight
train
lengthening
Development work to
examine facilities
required to
accommodate longer
and heavier freight trains
TCC
2014
Improved capacity
In development
Nottingham to
Sheffield
linespeed
improvements
Journey time
improvement
TCC
MJT2
RAC
MJT1
2014
Improved journey
time
In development
Robin Hood
Line (North)
Line Speed
Improvements
Development work for

line speed increases
between Mansfield
Woodhouse and
Shireoak East Junction
PBS3
PSE
2014
Improve train
performance
In development

No schemes currently planned for Control Period 5.
329
SRS I.08 Skegness Grantham

Geographic map showing I.08 Skegness Grantham

The corridor between Skegness and Grantham is part of Route I, London and East Midlands. This
route is designated rural is a mainly two track railway with some single track sections along its 90km
length. There are 11 stations and 159 bridges.
Skegness station at the easterly point of this SRS has six platforms; Sleaford station has three and
remainder of the station two platforms.
The main market for this route is the hourly passenger service between Nottingham and Skegness
whilst there is some freight activity to and from Boston Docks. Passenger traffic is characterised by
heavy demand during the summer months.
Linespeeds are relatively low, well below the maximum speed capability of the rolling stock used, and
as such the aspiration exists for linespeed improvements to allow faster journey times.
This particular service has been designated a Community Rail Service by the Department of Transport
under the aegis of the Poacher Line Community Rail Partnership.
There are listed buildings within the environs of the station at Sleaford, part of which is also in a
Conservation Area. Heckington and Wainfleet stations are both in Conservation Areas, whilst West
Street Junction signal box (Boston) is listed.
330

Information
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
Line of route
description
Allington West
Junction to Skegness
Allington West
Allington West
Section start
Allington West
Junction
Allington West
Junction
Allington West
Junction
Section end
Skegness
Skegness
Skegness
Line of route
description
Allington East
Junction to Allington
North Junction
Allington East
North Junction
Allington East
North Junction
Section start
Allington East
Junction
Allington East
Junction
Allington East
Junction
Section end
Allington North
Junction
Allington North
Junction
Allington North
Junction
Route
availability
(RA)
7,8,10
Gauge
W6, W8
W6, W8
W6,W8
Average
EMGTPA
Tonnage
720417
+0%-10%
+0%-10%
Signals
A mixture of absolute
block with some track
circuit block sections
Track circuit block

Management System
Speed
Maximum Normal
Permitted linespeed
50mph
Raise the linespeed to

75mph to reflect the
maximum speed of the
majority of the rolling
stock operating on the
route
Raise the lower speeds

along the route to the
maximum linespeed of
the route where the
rolling stock can take
advantage of the higher
speed
Electrified
non electrified
non electrified
non electrified
331
Notes
Subject to the roll-out

programme for European
System (ERTMS)
Passenger train service level (trains per hour)

Days of week
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
Journey and
typical
journey time
Nottingham Branch Junction to

Skegness
Nottingham Branch
Junction to
Skegness
Nottingham Branch
90 minutes
Reduce journey time
of local services as
low as possible in
line with linespeed
improvements and
changes in rolling
stock
No. of trains
per hour
1 local (supplemented by
additional trains during the
summer)
1 local
(supplemented by
additional trains
during the summer)
Notes
Reduce journey time of

local services as low as
possible in line with
linespeed improvements
and changes in rolling stock
1 local (supplemented by
additional trains during the
summer)
Nottingham Skegness
Notes

Days of week
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
No. of trains
per day*


332

Description
of level
crossing
Current
+ 10 years
+ 30 years
Supervised
14
Crossing policy
As determined by
Automatic
32
User
89
Notes
Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 - 2014)

(2009 2014)
Project
Project description
ELR
Implementation
date
Output change
Status
Nottingham to
Skegness
Development works to
identify linespeed
improvements
ABE1
ACD
GRS1
GRS2
GRS3
GRS4
2014
Improve journey
times
In development
National
Station
Improvement
Programme at
Skegness
Enhancements to improve
station facilities
GRS4
2014
Improve station
facilities
In development
Proposed infrastructure investment in CP5 (2014 - 2019)

No schemes currently planned for Control Period 5.
333
SRS I.99 Other Freight Lines

Geographic map showing I.99 Other Freight Lines
Route specificationn description

The following freight lines are collectively I.99
Shirebrook Junction to High Marnham (including the branch lines for

Welbeck/Thoresby and Bevercotes Collieries)
The line is accessed from the Nottingham to Worksop line at Shirebrook Junction and extends for
17 miles to High Marnham. The section from Shirebrook Junction to Boughton Junction is two
track, with single track extending to the former power station at High Marnham. Between
Shirebrook Junction and Thoresby Colliery Junction the line continues to provide access for
freight flows to the collieries along the route at Welbeck and Thoresby, although there has been
no traffic to Welbeck Colliery for the last few years. The section of line beyond Thoresby Junction,
including part of the single line to the former Bevercotes Colliery, now forms the Rail Innovation
and Development Centre (RIDC) and is used for testing new and modified rail vehicles and
infrastructure systems before roll out on to the network. The remainder of the Bevercotes Colliery
branch remains closed. The RIDC is currently carrying out works to re-instate the sidings at
Boughton Junction and Tuxford. Additional sidings will be provided at High Marnham.
334
Branch line for Colwick Oil Terminal
This branch line is accessed from the Nottingham to Grantham line at Rectory Junction. At
Rectory Junction, access is provided along a half mile section of track to the north of the main line
to the Oil Terminal at Colwick. The terminal is currently served by two trains per day.
Corby Branch (not shown on the map)
This branch is accessed from the single track Kettering to Manton line at Corby North Junction
and extends along two separate bi-directional tracks to the Corby Automotive Terminal and Corby
Works (steel terminal) respectively. The branch sees regular flows of both automotive traffic from
Europe and scrap metal traffic from South Wales to the two terminals.
The freight lines below have been closed or are very rarely used and are not shown on the map:
Avenue Coking Plant Branch

Bestwood Park Junction to Calverton Colliery
Clipstone West to Clipstone South
Denby lines
Rufford Colliery Junction to Rufford
Ruddington Chord
Gedling Colliery
Cotgrave Colliery
Shirebrook Junction to High Marnham (including the branch lines for

Welbeck/Thoresby and Bevercotes Collieries)
Information
Current
+ 10years
Line of route
description
LN772: Warsop Jn to Shirebrook Junction
+ 30 years
Notes
LN784: High Marnham to Shirebrook East Junction

LN786: Bevercotes Colliery Branch
LN788: Thoresby Colliery Branch
LN802: Welbeck Colliery Branch
Route
availability
7,8,9
7,8,9
7,8,9
Gauge
Signals
Track circuit block
Track circuit block
Track circuit block
335
one train working

where staff is not
provided on
branch lines
Speed
See Sectional
Appendix for
speed profiles
Electrification
Various speeds to
maximum permitted
linespeed of 50mph
Raise the lower

speeds along the
route to the
maximum linespeed
of the route where
take advantage of
the higher speed
Raise the lower

speeds along the route
to the maximum
linespeed of the route
where the rolling stock
can take advantage of
the higher speed
Non-electrified
Non-electrified
Non-electrified
A short section of
track within the
RIDC is to have
the linespeed
increase to 75mph
for testing
purposes.

Days Of week
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No. of trains
per day*
As per forecasts in
Network

Strategic Freight
Network
Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No. of level
crossings
No. of level
crossings
No. of level
crossings
Supervised:
As determined by
Automatic:
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
User:
16
+ 10years
+ 30 years
Notes
Corby Branch
Information
Current
Line of route
description
LN3605: Corby BSC Works to Corby North

LN3610: Corby Automotive Terminal to Corby North
Route
availability
(RA)
Gauge
336
Notes
Signals
Track circuit block to

Corby BSC Works
and one train working
where staff is not
provided to Corby
Automotive Terminal

Corby BSC Works
and one train
working where staff
is not provided to
Corby Automotive
Terminal

Corby BSC Works and
one train working
where staff is not
provided to Corby
Automotive Terminal
Speed
Various speeds to
maximum permitted
linespeed of 15mph
Raise the lower

speeds along the
route to the
maximum linespeed
of the route where
take advantage of
the higher speed
Raise the lower

speeds along the route
to the maximum
linespeed of the route
where the rolling stock
can take advantage of
the higher speed
Non-electrified
Non-electrified
Non-electrified
See Sectional
Appendix for
speed profiles
Electrification

Days Of week
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No. of trains
per day
As per forecasts in
Network

Strategic Freight
Network
Notes

Description of
level crossing
Current
+ 10 Years
+ 30 Years
No. of level
crossings
No. of level
crossings
No. of level
crossings
Supervised:
As determined by
Automatic:
As determined by
Level Crossing
policy
User:
337
Notes
Tel: 020 3356 9595

www.networkrail.co.uk
September 2011
Network Rail
Kings Place
90 York Way
London N1 9AG

Route Specifications 2011 London North East

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Route Specifications 2011 London North East

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Network Rail

Route Specifications 2011 London North Eastern

Its an enormous national industry

Helping Britain run better

2014-2019 will see a financially sustainable

SRS G.01 - King's Cross - Peterborough

Route specification description

Route information overview

LN101: Kings Cross to Peterborough

Kings Cross Station

W9/W10 (except for

W9/W10 (except for W8

Track Circuit Block

European Rail Traffic

Passenger train service level

Kings Cross to Peterborough

Introduction of IEP coupled

Introduction of IEP coupled

Passenger train service level

Freight trains (trains per day*)

As per forecasts in the

Level crossings on route

Current number of level

Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)

Major works including

Improved capacity and

Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)

New platform on the

ECML Slow Line

Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)

Reduction of the time

Proposed infrastructure investment in Control Period 5 (2014 - 2019)

Proposed infrastructure investment in Control Period 5 (2014 - 2019)

New route for

New freight facility

Proposed infrastructure investment in Control Period 5 (2014 - 2019)

SRS G.02 - Moorgate Branch

Route specification description

LN105: Moorgate to Finsbury Park Junction

Finsbury Park Junction

Track Circuit Block

European Rail Traffic

DC 3rd rail from

DC 3rd rail from

Passenger train service level

Moorgate to Finsbury Park

Moorgate to Finsbury Park

Moorgate to Finsbury Park

3 tph (4 peak) Moorgate to

2 tph Moorgate to Welwyn

2 tph Moorgate to Welwyn

Freight trains (trains per day*)

As per forecasts in the

Approximately 5 trains per

Level crossings on route

Current number of level

There are no level

Planned infrastructure investment in remainder of CP4 (2009 2014)

Renewal of fire alarm

Proposed infrastructure investment in Control Period 5 (2014 - 2019)

SRS G.03 - Hertford Loop

Route specification description

Route information overview

LN120: Wood Green Junction to Langley Junction